WO2016093142A1 - Liquid crystal display element and method of manufacturing the same - Google Patents

Liquid crystal display element and method of manufacturing the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016093142A1
WO2016093142A1 PCT/JP2015/083979 JP2015083979W WO2016093142A1 WO 2016093142 A1 WO2016093142 A1 WO 2016093142A1 JP 2015083979 W JP2015083979 W JP 2015083979W WO 2016093142 A1 WO2016093142 A1 WO 2016093142A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
group
formula
compound
crystal display
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/083979
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
平田 真一
長島 豊
小川 真治
芳典 岩下
Original Assignee
Dic株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Dic株式会社 filed Critical Dic株式会社
Priority to KR1020177018922A priority Critical patent/KR102450332B1/en
Priority to JP2016545386A priority patent/JP6011904B1/en
Priority to CN201580067589.XA priority patent/CN107209421B/en
Publication of WO2016093142A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016093142A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/42Mixtures of liquid crystal compounds covered by two or more of the preceding groups C09K19/06 - C09K19/40
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/12Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings at least two benzene rings directly linked, e.g. biphenyls
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/10Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings
    • C09K19/14Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing at least two benzene rings linked by a carbon chain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/08Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings
    • C09K19/30Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least two non-condensed rings containing saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic rings, e.g. cyclohexane rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/32Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing condensed ring systems, i.e. fused, bridged or spiro ring systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/06Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds
    • C09K19/34Non-steroidal liquid crystal compounds containing at least one heterocyclic ring
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/04Liquid crystal materials characterised by the chemical structure of the liquid crystal components, e.g. by a specific unit
    • C09K19/38Polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K19/00Liquid crystal materials
    • C09K19/52Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
    • C09K19/54Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
    • C09K19/56Aligning agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a liquid crystal display element useful as a constituent member for a liquid crystal TV or the like and a method for manufacturing the same.
  • Liquid crystal display elements are used in various measuring instruments, automobile panels, word processors, electronic notebooks, printers, computers, televisions, watches, advertisement display boards, etc., including clocks and calculators.
  • Typical liquid crystal display methods include TN (twisted nematic) type, STN (super twisted nematic) type, vertical alignment type (vertical alignment; VA) using TFT (thin film transistor), and IPS. (In-plane switching) type.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in these liquid crystal display elements is stable against external factors such as moisture, air, heat, and light, and exhibits a liquid crystal phase in the widest possible temperature range centering on room temperature. It is required to be viscous and have a low driving voltage.
  • the liquid crystal composition is composed of several to several tens of kinds of compounds in order to optimize dielectric anisotropy ( ⁇ ), refractive index anisotropy ( ⁇ n), etc. for each liquid crystal display element. It is composed of
  • a liquid crystal composition having a negative ⁇ is used, which is widely used for liquid crystal TVs and the like.
  • low voltage driving, high-speed response, and a wide operating temperature range are required. That is, the absolute value of ⁇ is large, the viscosity ( ⁇ ) is small, and a high nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (T ni ) is required.
  • T ni nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature
  • T ni nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature
  • ⁇ n ⁇ d which is the product of ⁇ n and the cell gap (d)
  • it is necessary to adjust ⁇ n of the liquid crystal composition to an appropriate range according to the cell gap when applying a liquid crystal display element to a television or the like, since high-speed response is important, a liquid crystal composition having a low rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1 ) is required.
  • an MVA (multi-domain vertical alignment) type that divides the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in a pixel into a plurality of parts by providing a protrusion structure on the substrate.
  • Liquid crystal display elements have been widely used.
  • the MVA type liquid crystal display element is excellent in view angle characteristics, the response speed of liquid crystal molecules is different between the vicinity of the protrusion structure on the substrate and the part away from the protrusion structure, and the liquid crystal having a slow response speed away from the protrusion structure.
  • the response speed as a whole is insufficient due to the influence of molecules, and there is a problem of a decrease in transmittance due to the protruding structure.
  • PSA is a method for providing a uniform pretilt angle in a divided pixel without providing a non-transparent protrusion structure in a cell, unlike a normal MVA liquid crystal display element.
  • Liquid crystal display elements including polymer sustained alignment: polymer sustaining alignment and PS liquid crystal display elements (polymer stabilized) have been developed.
  • a PSA liquid crystal display element is obtained by adding a small amount of a reactive monomer to a liquid crystal composition, introducing the liquid crystal composition into a liquid crystal cell, and then irradiating active energy rays while applying a voltage between the electrodes. It is produced by polymerizing the reactive monomer.
  • a reactive monomer is mixed into the alignment film material. Then, after introducing the liquid crystal composition into the liquid crystal cell, a method of polymerizing the reactive monomer in the alignment film by applying active energy rays while applying a voltage between the electrodes has been developed (for example, Patent Document 2, 3 and 4).
  • the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element has also undergone great changes. That is, in the conventional vacuum injection method, when a large panel is manufactured, the manufacturing process takes a lot of time. Therefore, in the manufacture of a large panel, a manufacturing method using an ODF (one-drop-fill) method is mainly used. (For example, see Patent Document 5). Since this method can shorten the injection time compared with the vacuum injection method, it has become the mainstream method for manufacturing liquid crystal display elements. However, a phenomenon in which a drop mark in which a liquid crystal composition is dropped remains in the liquid crystal display element in a dropped shape after the liquid crystal display element is produced has become a new problem.
  • ODF one-drop-fill
  • a dripping mark is defined as a phenomenon in which a mark in which a liquid crystal composition is dripped appears white when displaying black.
  • the reactive monomer that is a foreign substance is present in the alignment film when the liquid crystal composition is dropped onto the substrate. Therefore, the problem of dripping marks is likely to occur.
  • the occurrence of dripping marks is often caused by the selection of a liquid crystal material, and the cause is not clear.
  • the polymerizable compound mixed in the liquid crystal composition is polymerized to form a polymer layer in the liquid crystal composition layer, thereby suppressing the drop mark generated in relation to the alignment control film.
  • this method alone has a problem of display burn-in caused by the reactive monomer added to the liquid crystal composition, as in the PSA method and the like, and the effect on the suppression of dripping marks is insufficient.
  • the liquid crystal display element is exposed to UV light at the time of manufacture and use, it is important that the UV irradiation does not cause deterioration or the like even if it does not deteriorate.
  • Patent Document 12 Japanese Patent No. 05299595 (Patent Document 12) and the like, a reactive monomer is contained in the vertical alignment film, and after introducing the liquid crystal composition into the liquid crystal cell, the voltage is applied between the electrodes,
  • the liquid crystal display element which combined the specific liquid crystal composition in the system which superposes
  • various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase upper limit temperature, rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1 ) and the image sticking characteristic of the liquid crystal display element are not deteriorated.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and has various characteristics as a liquid crystal display device such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase upper limit temperature, rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1 ), and image sticking of the liquid crystal display device. It is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid crystal display element that does not easily cause dripping marks during manufacturing, does not deteriorate characteristics, has high characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and has high reliability, and a method for manufacturing the same.
  • the present invention includes a pair of substrates having a first substrate and a second substrate, and a liquid crystal composition layer sandwiched between the substrates, and the first substrate and the second substrate.
  • Liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer having an electrode on at least one and polymerizing a polymerizable group of a compound having a polymerizable group on at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate
  • a liquid crystal composition comprising an alignment film containing a polymer that controls the alignment direction of the liquid crystal composition layer is composed of the following general formula (N-1), general formula (N-2), and general formula (N-3)
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or non-adjacent 2 in the alkyl group
  • Two or more —CH 2 — may be each independently substituted by —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—
  • a N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent to each other in this group).
  • —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—
  • the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—.
  • XN21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom
  • T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom
  • n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different.
  • Containing one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by The compound having a polymerizable group is represented by the general formula (I)
  • X 10 and X 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Sp 3 and Sp 4 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) t —
  • t represents an integer of 2 to 7
  • X represents —O—, —OCOO—, —OCO—, or —COO—
  • X represents a bond to the phenanthrene ring.
  • the first substrate and the second substrate having electrodes on at least one of them
  • the liquid crystal composition layer has an alignment film for controlling the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules, and the liquid crystal composition has the following general formula (N-1), general formula (N-2), and general formula (N- 3)
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or non-adjacent 2 in the alkyl group
  • Two or more —CH 2 — may be each independently substituted by —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—
  • a N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent to each other in this group).
  • —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—
  • the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—.
  • XN21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom
  • T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom
  • n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different.
  • Containing one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by The compound having a polymerizable group is represented by the general formula (I)
  • X 10 and X 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Sp 3 and Sp 4 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) t —
  • t represents an integer of 2 to 7
  • X represents —O—, —OCOO—, —OCO—, or —COO—
  • X represents a bond to the phenanthrene ring.
  • the high-speed response as a liquid crystal display element is excellent, the occurrence of image sticking is small, the occurrence of dripping marks during the production thereof is small, the various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element are excellent, and the reliability is high. It can be effectively used as a display element for liquid crystal TVs, monitors and the like.
  • Embodiments of the liquid crystal display element and the manufacturing method thereof according to the present invention will be described.
  • the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal composition layer sandwiched between a pair of substrates, and a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal composition layer to displace the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer. This is based on the principle of acting as an optical switch by transferring, and a well-known and conventional technique can be used in this respect.
  • a method of applying a charge vertically between the two substrates is generally employed.
  • one electrode is a common electrode and the other electrode is a pixel electrode. The most typical embodiment of this scheme is shown below.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic perspective view showing an embodiment of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention.
  • the liquid crystal display element 10 of this embodiment includes a first substrate 11, a second substrate 12, a liquid crystal composition layer 13 sandwiched between the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12, and a first
  • the common electrode 14 provided on the surface of the substrate 11 facing the liquid crystal composition layer 13, the pixel electrode 15 provided on the surface of the second substrate 12 facing the liquid crystal composition layer 13, and the common electrode 14, a vertical alignment film 16 provided on the surface facing the liquid crystal composition layer 13, a vertical alignment film 17 provided on the surface of the pixel electrode 15 facing the liquid crystal composition layer 13, and as necessary.
  • the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 a glass substrate or a plastic substrate is used.
  • a substrate made of a resin such as acrylic resin, methacrylic resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, or cyclic olefin resin is used as the plastic substrate.
  • the common electrode 14 is usually made of a transparent material such as indium-added tin oxide (ITO).
  • ITO indium-added tin oxide
  • the pixel electrode 15 is usually made of a transparent material such as indium-added tin oxide (ITO).
  • ITO indium-added tin oxide
  • the pixel electrodes 15 are arranged in a matrix on the second substrate 12.
  • the pixel electrode 15 is controlled by a drain electrode of an active element typified by a TFT switching element, and the TFT switching element has a gate line as an address signal line and a source line as a data line in a matrix.
  • the configuration of the TFT switching element is not shown.
  • slits having striped or V-shaped patterns are formed in each pixel.
  • a pixel electrode having a portion that is not provided) may be provided.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view showing a typical form of a slit electrode (comb electrode) when the inside of a pixel is divided into four regions.
  • the slit electrode has comb-like slits in four directions from the center of the pixel, so that the liquid crystal molecules in each pixel that are substantially perpendicularly aligned with respect to the substrate when no voltage is applied are applied with voltage application.
  • the liquid crystal molecules are directed in four different directions, approaching horizontal alignment.
  • the orientation direction of the liquid crystal in the pixel can be divided into a plurality of parts, so that the viewing angle characteristic is extremely wide.
  • a method for dividing the pixel in addition to a method of providing a slit in the pixel electrode, a method of providing a structure such as a linear protrusion in the pixel, a method of providing an electrode other than the pixel electrode and the common electrode, and the like are used. .
  • a configuration using a slit electrode is preferable from the viewpoint of transmittance and ease of production. Since the pixel electrode provided with the slit does not have a driving force for the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied, the pretilt angle cannot be given to the liquid crystal molecules. However, when the alignment film material used in the present invention is used in combination, a pretilt angle can be given, and a wide viewing angle by pixel division can be achieved by combining with a slit electrode obtained by pixel division.
  • having a pretilt angle means that the liquid crystal molecules are perpendicular to the substrate surface (the surface adjacent to the liquid crystal composition layer 13 in the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12) in the state where no voltage is applied.
  • the director is slightly different.
  • VA vertical alignment
  • the director of the liquid crystal molecules is aligned substantially perpendicular to the substrate surface when no voltage is applied.
  • a (vertical) alignment film is generally used.
  • an alignment film containing a polymer that controls the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer by polymerizing a polymerizable group of a compound having a polymerizable group is used. That is, in the present invention, an alignment film containing a polymer obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable group of a compound having a polymerizable group is used, and the polymer has an ability to control the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in the composition.
  • the vertical alignment film As a material for forming the vertical alignment film (vertical alignment film material), polyimide, polyamide, polysiloxane, a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, or the like is used.
  • polyimide As the alignment film material for forming the vertical alignment film, it is preferable to use a mixture of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diisocyanate, polyamic acid, or a polyimide solution in which polyimide is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent.
  • the polyimide content in the polyimide solution is preferably 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less, and still more preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • a polysiloxane material when used as an alignment film material for forming a vertical alignment film, it is manufactured by mixing and heating a silicon compound having an alkoxy group, an alcohol derivative, and an oxalic acid derivative at a predetermined blending ratio.
  • a polysiloxane solution in which the prepared polysiloxane is dissolved can be used.
  • the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 formed of polyimide or the like include a polymer formed by polymerization of a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group.
  • This polymerizable compound imparts a function of fixing the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules. That is, it is possible to tilt the director of the liquid crystal molecules in the pixel in different directions when a voltage is applied, using a slit electrode or the like.
  • the liquid crystal molecules are aligned almost perpendicularly to the substrate surface and no pretilt angle is generated, but a voltage is applied between the electrodes to slightly displace the liquid crystal molecules.
  • ultraviolet rays or the like are irradiated to polymerize the reactive monomer in the liquid crystal composition, thereby giving an appropriate pretilt angle.
  • the polymer layers 20 and 21 can be polymerized by sandwiching a polymerizable compound contained in a liquid crystal composition between substrates and then curing the polymerizable compound while applying a voltage.
  • the compound can be formed as a polymer on the surfaces of the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 while phase-separating.
  • the polymer contained in the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 and the polymer layers 20 and 21 formed on the surfaces of the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 that are formed as necessary provide the alignment of liquid crystal molecules. High, less occurrence of image sticking, and less generation of dripping marks during the production.
  • substantially vertical means a state in which the directors of vertically aligned liquid crystal molecules are slightly tilted from the vertical direction to give a pretilt angle.
  • substantially vertical is preferably 89.5 to 85 °. More preferably, it is 5 to 87 °.
  • the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 containing a polymer of a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group are formed by the effect of the polymerizable compound mixed in the vertical alignment film material. Therefore, it is presumed that the vertical alignment film and the polymerizable compound are intertwined in a complicated manner to form a kind of polymer alloy, but the exact structure cannot be shown.
  • the polymer layers 20 and 21 that are formed as necessary are formed on the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 while phase-separating from the liquid crystal composition when the polymerizable compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is polymerized. Although it is formed on the surface, whether it is formed uniformly on the entire surface of the vertical alignment film or nonuniform sea-island structure is considered to differ depending on the manufacturing conditions, and the exact structure is shown I can't.
  • FIG. 1 shows the case where it is formed uniformly.
  • the alignment film used in the present invention needs to have a vertical alignment ability for aligning liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer in a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface and an alignment control ability for controlling the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules.
  • a method for obtaining an alignment film having two functions of the vertical alignment ability and the alignment control ability a method of blending a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in a commonly used alignment film material, and a side chain as an alignment film material
  • a method using a polymer of a polymerizable compound having a crosslinkable functional group in a portion There are a method using a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • each method will be described.
  • Method of blending a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film material examples include a method of blending the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group into the aforementioned alignment film material.
  • the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group contained in the alignment film material may or may not contain a mesogenic moiety, but the compound having a polymerizable group is represented by the general formula (I)
  • X 10 and X 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Sp 3 and Sp 4 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) t —
  • t represents an integer of 2 to 7
  • X represents —O—, —OCOO—, —OCO—, or —COO—
  • X represents a bond to the phenanthrene ring.
  • the phenanthrene ring in the formula contains one or two or more compounds represented by any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom. Since the compound represented by the general formula (I) has a high reaction rate, the polymer formed in the alignment film reduces the amount of energy, that is, the irradiation amount of ultraviolet rays or the like, by containing the compound. It becomes possible.
  • X 10 and X 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • a hydrogen atom is preferable, and importance is placed on reducing the amount of residual reaction. In this case, a methyl group is preferred.
  • Sp 3 and Sp 4 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) t — (wherein t is 2 to 7 X represents —O—, —OCOO—, or —COO—, and X is assumed to be bonded to the phenanthrene ring.
  • an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • t is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and at least one of Sp 3 and Sp 4 is a single bond. More preferably, it is particularly preferable that both are single bonds.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (I) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (I-1) to (I-52).
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (I) in the polymer compound precursor forming the alignment film is preferably 0.1 to 6% by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass. More preferably, the content is 1 to 4% by mass.
  • X 7 and X 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) s —
  • U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear or branched polyvalent alkenylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a polyvalent cyclic substituent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group or the alkenylene group in the polyvalent alkenylene group may be substituted with —O—, —CO—, —CF 2 — within the range in which the oxygen atom is not adjacent,
  • the oxygen group may be substituted with an oxygen atom in the range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent to each other)), or may be substituted with a cyclic substituent, and k represents an integer of 0 to 5.) May contain a functional compound.
  • X 7 and X 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • a hydrogen atom is preferable, and importance is placed on reducing the residual amount of the reaction. In this case, a methyl group is preferred.
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s is 2 to 7 X represents O, OCOO, or COO, and X is bonded to an aromatic ring present in U.), but the carbon chain is preferably not so long, and a single bond or An alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 represent —X— (CH 2 ) s —
  • s is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and at least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 is a single bond. More preferably, it is particularly preferable that both are single bonds.
  • k represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • k represents an integer of 1 to 5. More preferably, k represents an integer of 1 to 3, and k represents more preferably 1.
  • U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear or branched polyvalent alkenylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a polyvalent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • An alkyl group (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted with an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent), or may be substituted with a cyclic substituent, and may be substituted with two or more cyclic substituents; It is preferable.
  • U specifically preferably represents the following formulas (Va-1) to (Va-5), and the formulas (Va-1) and (Va-2) It is more preferable to represent, and it is particularly preferable to represent the formula (Va-1).
  • Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH ⁇ CH—COO—, —CH ⁇ CH—OCO—, —COO—CH ⁇ CH—, —OCO—CH ⁇ CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 —OCO— or Represents a single bond, and
  • Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond is preferable, —COO—, —OCO— or a single bond is more preferable, and a single bond is particularly preferable.
  • At least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 preferably represents a single bond, and it is also preferable that both are single bonds.
  • k represents an integer of 0 to 5, but k is preferably a bifunctional compound of 1 or k is a trifunctional compound of 2, and k is a bifunctional compound of 1. It is more preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (V) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (Va-1-1) to (Va-5-3).
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (V) in the alignment film material forming the alignment film is preferably 0 to 6% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 4% by mass.
  • the content is preferably 1 to 2% by mass.
  • the content of the whole polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the polymer compound precursor forming the alignment film is preferably 0.1 to 6% by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass. More preferably, it is 1 to 4% by mass.
  • the polymerizable compound having a crosslinkable functional group in the side chain portion is not particularly limited as long as it has a crosslinkable functional group (polymerizable group) in the side chain portion.
  • a compound having an imide skeleton or a siloxane skeleton it is more preferable to use a compound having a polyimide skeleton in the main chain portion.
  • the polymerizable compound having a polyimide skeleton in the main chain portion and a crosslinkable functional group as a side chain include compounds having a crosslinkable functional group as a side chain in the repeating unit (main chain portion) constituting the polyimide structure. It is done.
  • the crosslinkable functional group becomes a polymerization reaction start point, and the polymerizable compound which has a polymerizable group mix
  • blended in alignment film material carries out a radical reaction, and forms a side chain,
  • the liquid crystal molecule in a liquid crystal composition layer It has the orientation control ability to control the orientation direction.
  • the crosslinkable functional group may have any structure as long as it is capable of radical reaction, but groups represented by the following (V2-1) to (V2-7) are preferable, A group represented by (V2-1) to (V2-3) is more preferred, and a group represented by (V2-1) or (V2-2) is more preferred.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the crosslinkable functional group only needs to be bonded to the main chain portion via a covalent bond, and may be directly bonded to the main chain portion or may be bonded to the main chain portion via a linking group.
  • As the linking group —O—C 6 H 4 — or —O—C 6 H 4 — (R 2 O) r— is preferably used (R 2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). R represents an integer of 1 or more.)
  • a polymerizable compound having a polyimide skeleton as a main chain and a crosslinkable functional group as a side chain for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (V2) can be exemplified.
  • R 3 represents any one of the groups represented by the following (V2-A) to (V2-F), and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent carbon.
  • R 6 and R 7 each independently represents any one of the groups represented by the above (V2-1) to (V2-7)
  • n Represents an integer of 1 or more
  • m1 and m2 each represents 0 or 1
  • m3 and m4 each represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more
  • m5 and m6 each represent 0 or 1
  • at least m5 and m6 One represents 1.
  • the general formula (I) and the above Although the same thing as the compound represented by general formula (V) is mentioned, it is characterized by necessarily containing the compound represented by general formula (I).
  • the side chain By containing the compound represented by the general formula (I), the side chain can be formed with a small amount of energy, that is, the irradiation dose such as ultraviolet rays can be reduced.
  • the compounding amount of the compound represented by the general formula (I) in the alignment film material is preferably 0.1 to 6% by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass. More preferably, it is 1 to 4% by mass.
  • the blending amount of the whole polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film material is preferably 0.1 to 6% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass. More preferably, it is ⁇ 4% by mass.
  • a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound When a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is used as the alignment film, it must contain the compound represented by the above general formula (I) together with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following general formula (V3). Yes.
  • a cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound By containing the compound represented by the general formula (I), a cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be obtained with a small amount of energy, that is, it is possible to reduce the irradiation amount of ultraviolet rays or the like. It becomes.
  • the above general formula is used with respect to the total amount of the compound represented by the general formula (I) and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the general formula (V3).
  • the content of the compound represented by the formula (I) is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 30% by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. .
  • Z 4 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO— , —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH ⁇ CH—COO—, —CH ⁇ CH—OCO—, —COO—CH ⁇ CH—, —OCO—CH ⁇ CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 — —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2
  • the C ring represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond, -Any hydrogen atom of the phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom. It is preferable to contain one or more polymerizable liquid crystal compounds represented by
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • a hydrogen atom is preferable, and importance is placed on reducing the residual amount of the reaction. In this case, a methyl group is preferred.
  • Sp 5 and Sp 6 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s is 2 to 7).
  • the carbon chain is preferably not so long, a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and a single bond or An alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferred.
  • Sp 5 and Sp 6 represent —O— (CH 2 ) s —
  • s is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and at least one of Sp 5 and Sp 6 is a single bond. More preferably, it is particularly preferable that both are single bonds.
  • Z 4 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH ⁇ CH—COO—, —CH ⁇ CH—OCO—, —COO—CH ⁇ CH—, —OCO—CH ⁇ CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 —OCO—, —CY 1 ⁇ CY 2 — (Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom), —C ⁇ C— or a single bond, —OCH 2 —,
  • the ring C represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond in which any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom.
  • a 4-phenylene group or a single bond is preferred.
  • Z 4 is preferably a linking group other than a single bond.
  • Z 4 is preferably a single bond.
  • Y is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or
  • a compound representing a cyano group is a monofunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and Y does not have a polymerizable skeleton.
  • the compound in which Y represents the above-described polymerizable skeleton is a bifunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • either a monofunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound or a bifunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be used, but a bifunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and both of them are used simultaneously. You can also.
  • the alignment film may have a horizontal alignment film as a base layer of the alignment film. Specifically, using a polyimide-based horizontal alignment film material, etc., the horizontal alignment film material is applied onto the substrate by a spin coating method, the solvent is removed by heating or the like, and then baked to create a base layer, which is rubbed. You may have the horizontal alignment film which gave the horizontal orientation by processing. (Polymerizable compound included in liquid crystal composition to form polymer layer on alignment film surface)
  • the vertical alignment film includes a polymer formed by polymerization of a polymerizable compound having a reactive group, and the polymer can give an appropriate pretilt angle.
  • the polymerizable compound is contained in the liquid crystal composition, and after sandwiching the liquid crystal composition between the substrates, the polymerizable compound is cured by applying the voltage to cure the polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound for forming the polymerization layer is a monofunctional polymerizable compound having one reactive group, a polyfunctional polymerizable compound having two or more reactive groups such as bifunctional or trifunctional, etc. However, a polyfunctional polymerizable compound having two or more reactive groups such as bifunctional or trifunctional is preferable.
  • the polymerizable compound used may be one type or two or more types.
  • the polymerizable compound for forming the polymer layer it is preferable to contain the compound represented by the aforementioned general formula (I).
  • the polymer layer can be formed on the surface of the alignment film with a small amount of energy, that is, the irradiation amount of ultraviolet rays or the like is reduced. Is possible.
  • the general formula (V1) is the same as the general formula (V) described above.
  • X 7 and X 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) r — (wherein r represents an integer of 2 to 7, X represents O, OCOO, OCO, or COO, and X is bonded to an aromatic ring present in U)
  • U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear or branched polyvalent alkenylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a polyvalent cyclic substituent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group or the alkenylene group in the polyvalent alkenylene group may be substituted with —O—, —CO—, —CF 2 — within the range in which the oxygen atom is not adjacent,
  • the oxygen group may be substituted with an oxygen atom in the range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent to each other)), or may be substituted with a cyclic substituent, and k represents an integer of 0 to 5.) are preferred.
  • X 7 and X 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • a hydrogen atom is preferable, and importance is placed on reducing the residual amount of the reaction. In this case, a methyl group is preferred.
  • Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) r — (wherein r is 2 to 7).
  • X represents O, OCOO, or COO, and X is bonded to an aromatic ring present in U.), but the carbon chain is preferably not so long, and a single bond or An alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • r is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and at least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 is a single bond. More preferably, it is particularly preferable that both are single bonds.
  • k represents an integer of 0 to 5.
  • k represents an integer of 1 to 5. More preferably, k represents an integer of 1 to 3, and k represents more preferably 1.
  • U is a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear or branched polyvalent alkenylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a polyvalent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • An alkyl group (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted with an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent), or may be substituted with a cyclic substituent, and may be substituted with two or more cyclic substituents; It is preferable.
  • U preferably represents the following formula (V1a-1) to formula (V1a-6), and represents formula (V1a-1), formula (V1a-2), or formula (V1a-6). It is more preferable that the formula (V1a-1) is represented.
  • Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH ⁇ CH—COO—, —CH ⁇ CH—OCO—, —COO—CH ⁇ CH—, —OCO—CH ⁇ CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 —OCO— or Represents a single bond, and
  • Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond is preferable, —COO—, —OCO— or a single bond is more preferable, and a single bond is particularly preferable.
  • At least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 preferably represents a single bond, and it is also preferable that both are single bonds.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (V1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (V1b).
  • X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Sp 1b and Sp 2b each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s —
  • Z 4 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH ⁇ CH—COO—, —CH ⁇ CH—OCO—
  • a compound in which one represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents a methyl group is also preferable.
  • the polymerization rate of these compounds is the fastest for diacrylate derivatives, slow for dimethacrylate derivatives, and intermediate for asymmetric compounds, and a preferred embodiment can be used depending on the application.
  • Sp 1b and Sp 2b each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s—, at least one of which is a single bond
  • a compound in which both represent a single bond or one in which one represents a single bond and the other represents an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s— is preferable.
  • an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and s is preferably 1 to 4.
  • Z 4 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH ⁇ CH—COO—, —CH ⁇ CH—OCO—, —COO—CH ⁇ CH—, —OCO—CH ⁇ CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO— CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 —OCO—, —CY 1 ⁇ CY 2 —, —C ⁇ C— or a single bond, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF
  • the C ring represents a single bond and the ring structure is formed of two rings.
  • Specific examples of the polymerizable compound having a ring structure include Compounds represented by formulas (V1b-1) to (V1b-6) are preferred, compounds represented by general formulas (V1b-1) to (V1b-4) are particularly preferred, and compounds represented by general formula (V1b-2) The compounds represented are most preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (V1) is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (V1c).
  • X 1 , X 2 and X 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • Sp 1c , Sp 2c and Sp 3c each independently represent a single bond having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • any hydrogen atom may be replaced by a fluorine atom
  • the total content of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (V1) used for forming the polymer layer on the surface of the vertical alignment film in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0 to 1% by mass. 0.03-0.8% by mass is preferable, and 0.05-0.6% by mass is more preferable.
  • the total content of the polymerizable compounds used for forming the polymer layer on the surface of the vertical alignment film in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0 to 1% by mass, and 0.03 to 0.8% by mass. Preferably, the content is 0.05 to 0.6% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal composition in the present invention contains one or more compounds represented by general formula (N-1), general formula (N-2), and general formula (N-3).
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two non-adjacent groups in the alkyl group
  • the above —CH 2 — may be independently substituted with —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—
  • a N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent to each other in this group).
  • —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—
  • the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—.
  • XN21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom
  • T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom
  • n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different.
  • the compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) are preferably compounds having a negative ⁇ and an absolute value larger than 3.
  • R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represent 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • An alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propenyl group
  • the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic)
  • An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable
  • the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane
  • a straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.)
  • a N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase ⁇ n independently, and in order to improve the response speed, fat
  • fat Preferably a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5 -Difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1 , 4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group Preferred, it is more preferable that represents the following
  • it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 -CH 2 each independently O -, - CF 2 O - , - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or a single bond preferably represents an, -CH 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 - or a single bond is more preferable, -CH 2 O-or a single bond is particularly preferred.
  • XN21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are preferably 1 or 2, a combination in which n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 0, a combination in which n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 0, n A combination in which N11 is 1 and n N12 is 1, a combination in which n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 1, a combination in which n N21 is 1 and n N22 is 0, n N21 is 2 and n N22 is n A combination in which n N31 is 1 and n N32 is 0, and a combination in which n N31 is 2 and n N32 is 0 are preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1 Mass% (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 55%, and 60%. 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (N-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). %, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80% %.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (N-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). %, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80% %.
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
  • the above lower limit value is preferably low and the upper limit value is preferably low. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, the above lower limit value is preferably low and the upper limit value is preferably low. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is increased and the upper limit value is high.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is the following compound.
  • R N111 and R N112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • R N111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably a propyl group or a pentyl group.
  • RN112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% %, 5%, 3%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-1.1) to the formula (N-1-1.14).
  • it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4), and the formula (N-1-1.1) and the formula (N
  • the compound represented by -1-1.3) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4) can be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, and 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% %, 5%, 3%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is the following compound.
  • R N121 and R N122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • RN121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group.
  • RN122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and includes a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or a propoxy group. preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 37%, 40%, 42%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 48%, 45%, 43%, 40%, 38%, and 35% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% %, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-2.1) to the formula (N-1-2.13).
  • the compound represented by (N-1-2.13) is preferable, and when importance is placed on the improvement of ⁇ , the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7) in the compounds represented, when emphasizing improvements in T NI formula (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) and formula (N-1-2.13) It is preferable that it is a compound represented by these.
  • the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-2.1) to the formula (N-1-2.13) can be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, and 15%. 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, and 35%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% %, 5%, 3%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is the following compound.
  • R N131 and R N132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • R N131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-3.1) to the formula (N-1-3.11).
  • it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.7), and the formula (N-1-3.1) and the formula (N -1-3.2), formula (N-1-3.3), formula (N-1-3.4) and compounds represented by formula (N-1-3.6) are preferred.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-3.1) to formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6) may be used alone or in combination. Is possible, but the combination of formula (N-1-3.1) and formula (N-1-3.2), formula (N-1-3.3), formula (N-1-3.4) ) And a combination of two or three selected from formula (N-1-3.6) are preferred.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, and 13%. 15%, 17%, and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is the following compound.
  • R N141 and R N142 each independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).
  • R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5 preferably a methyl group, a propyl group, an ethoxy Group or butoxy group is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 11%, 10%, and 8%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-4.1) to the formula (N-1-4.14).
  • it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.4), and the formula (N-1-4.1) and the formula (N
  • the compound represented by -1-4.2) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.4) can be used singly or in combination, but the compounds of the present invention
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 3% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 11%, 10%, and 8%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is the following compound.
  • R N151 and R N152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • R N151 and R N152 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. Is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, and 20% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 18%, 15% and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1) to the formula (N-1-5.6).
  • the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3.2 and the formula (N-1-3.4) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by formula (N-1-3.2) and formula (N-1-3.4) can be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, and 20%
  • the upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is the following compound.
  • R N1101 and R N1102 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • R N1101 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1102 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) to the formula (N-1-10.11).
  • it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5), and the formula (N-1-10.1) and the formula (N
  • the compound represented by (1-10.2) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) and the formula (N-1-10.2) can be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, and 15%. 17% and 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is the following compound.
  • R N1111 and R N1112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • R N1111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-11) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.1) to the formula (N-1-11.15).
  • it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-11.1) to (N-1-11.15), and is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) or the formula (N-- The compound represented by 1-11.4) is preferable.
  • the compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.2 and the formula (N-1-11.4) can be used alone or in combination.
  • the lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%,
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, and 23% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) is the following compound.
  • R N1121 and R N1122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • RN1121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • RN1122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) is the following compound.
  • R N1131 and R N1132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • R N1131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) is the following compound.
  • R N1141 and R N1142 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • R N1141 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1142 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) is the following compound.
  • R N1151 and R N1152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • RN1151 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1152 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) is the following compound.
  • R N1161 and R N1162 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • R N1161 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1162 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) is the following compound.
  • R N1171 and R N1172 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • RN1171 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1172 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) is the following compound.
  • R N1181 and R N1182 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N)).
  • RN1181 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group.
  • R N1182 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) is the following compound.
  • R N1201 and R N1202 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N)).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) is the following compound.
  • R N1211 and R N1212 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (N-2-1) to (N-2-3).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-2-1) is the following compound.
  • R N211 and R N212 each independently represents the same meaning as R N21 and R N22 in the general formula (N-2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-2-2) is the following compound.
  • R N221 and R N222 each independently represents the same meaning as R N21 and R N22 in the general formula (N-2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-2-3) is the following compound.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (N-3-1) to (N-3-2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-3-1) is the following compound.
  • R N311 and R N312 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (N-3-2) is the following compound.
  • R N321 and R N322 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).
  • general formula (N-1), general formula (N-2), and general formula (N-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention (total amount of liquid crystal compounds contained in the liquid crystal composition)
  • the total content of the compounds represented is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, further preferably 20 to 70% by mass, further preferably 20 to 60% by mass, 55 mass% is more preferable, 25 to 55 mass% is further preferable, and 30 to 55 mass% is particularly preferable.
  • the total amount of the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1), the general formula (N-2), and the general formula (N-3) is set as a lower limit in the composition. It is preferably contained in an amount of 1% by mass (hereinafter referred to simply as%), preferably 5% or more, preferably 10% or more, preferably 13% or more, 15% It is preferably contained, preferably contained 18% or more, preferably contained 20% or more, preferably contained 23% or more, preferably contained 25% or more, and contained 28% or more. Preferably, it contains 30% or more, preferably contains 33% or more, preferably contains 35% or more, preferably contains 38% or more, and preferably contains 40% or more. There.
  • the upper limit value is preferably 95% or less, preferably 90% or less, preferably 88% or less, preferably 85% or less, and preferably 83% or less. 80% or less, preferably 78% or less, preferably 75% or less, preferably 73% or less, preferably 70% or less, preferably 68% or less Preferably 65% or less, preferably 63% or less, preferably 60% or less, preferably 55% or less, preferably 50% or less, It is preferable to contain 40% or less.
  • the liquid crystal composition in the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (L).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L) corresponds to a dielectrically neutral compound ( ⁇ value is ⁇ 2 to 2).
  • R L1 and R L2 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently Optionally substituted by —CH ⁇ CH—, —C ⁇ C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—, n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3,
  • a L1 , A L2 and A L3 each independently represent (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — present in the group or two or more —CH 2 — not adjacent to each other).
  • the group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom
  • the compound represented by general formula (L) may be used independently, it can also be used in combination.
  • the types of compounds that can be combined but they are used in appropriate combinations according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L) is low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), which is 10%. Yes, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80% is there.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, and 25%.
  • the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention maintains a high Tni and requires a composition having good temperature stability, the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is lowered and the upper limit value is low.
  • R L1 and R L2 are preferably both alkyl groups, and when importance is placed on reducing the volatility of the compound, it is preferably an alkoxy group, and importance is placed on viscosity reduction. In this case, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
  • R L1 and R L2 are each a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms when the ring structure to which R L1 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic).
  • a phenyl group aromatic
  • Alkyl groups, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred.
  • the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
  • the alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.)
  • n L1 is preferably 0 when importance is attached to the response speed, 2 or 3 is preferred for improving the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, and 1 is preferred for balancing these. In order to satisfy the properties required for the composition, it is preferable to combine compounds having different values.
  • a L1 , A L2, and A L3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase ⁇ n, and are preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed, and are each independently trans- 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 -It preferably represents a diyl group or a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and more preferably represents the following structure:
  • it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
  • Z L1 and Z L2 are preferably single bonds when the response speed is important.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1) to (L-7).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is the following compound.
  • R L11 and R L12 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • R L11 and R L12 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 2%, 3%, and 5% with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention. Yes, 7%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50% Yes, 55%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, based on the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%.
  • the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention requires a high Tni and a composition having good temperature stability, it is preferable that the lower limit value is moderate and the upper limit value is moderate. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-1).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-1.1) to the formula (L-1-1.3). And is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-1-1.2) or formula (L-1-1.3), and particularly represented by formula (L-1-1.3). It is preferable that it is a compound.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, the mass% is simply expressed as%). 2% 3% 5% 7% 10%
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-2).
  • R L12 represents the same meaning as in general formula (L-1).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). 5%, 10%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35% .
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 42%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 33%, and 30%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-2.1) to the formula (L-1-2.4).
  • it is a compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) to the formula (L-1-2.4).
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) is preferable because the response speed of the composition of the present invention is particularly improved.
  • it is preferable to use a compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.3) or the formula (L-1-2.4).
  • the content of the compounds represented by formula (L-1-2.3) and formula (L-1-2.4) is not preferably 30% by mass or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures. .
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 10% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). 15%, 18%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 38% And 40%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, and 22%.
  • the preferred total content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention The lower limit is 10% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 15%, 20%, 25%, 27%, 30%, and 35%. 40%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, and 22%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-3).
  • R L13 and R L14 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R L13 and R L14 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 30%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 37%, and 35% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 27%, 25%, 23%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10% %.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) to the formula (L-1-3.12).
  • it is a compound represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) or formula (L-1-3.4).
  • the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable because the response speed of the composition of the present invention is particularly improved.
  • the equation (L-1-3.3), the equation (L-1-3.4), the equation (L-1-3.11), and the equation (L ⁇ It is preferable to use a compound represented by 1-3.12).
  • Sum of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4), formula (L-1-3.11) and formula (L-1-3.12) The content of is not preferably 20% by mass or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, the mass% is simply expressed as%). 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 7% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
  • R L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R L15 and R L16 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, and 10% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, and 10% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %.
  • the compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) are represented by the formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-5.3).
  • a compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) or the formula (L-1-5.2) is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, the mass% is simply expressed as%). 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 7% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
  • 1% by mass (hereinafter referred to simply as%), 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10% with respect to the total amount of the product, 13% %, 15%, 1 %, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, and the upper limit is the total amount of the composition of the present invention 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 37%, 35%, 33%, 30% %, 28%, 25%, 23%, and 20%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is the following compound.
  • R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
  • An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). %, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-2.1) to (L-2.6).
  • a compound represented by formula (L-2.1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6) is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is the following compound.
  • R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).
  • R L31 and R L32 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass, 2%, 3%, 5% 7% and 10%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
  • the effect is high when the content is set to be large.
  • the effect is high when the content is set low.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-3.1) to (L-3.4).
  • a compound represented by the formula (L-3.7) from (L-3.2) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is the following compound.
  • R L41 and R L42 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).
  • R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
  • An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, the mass% is simply expressed as%). %, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30% %, 35%, and 40%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
  • the compound represented by general formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-4.1) to formula (L-4.3), for example.
  • the formula (L-4.2) Even if it contains a compound represented by formula (L-4.1), it contains both a compound represented by formula (L-4.1) and a compound represented by formula (L-4.2). Or all of the compounds represented by formulas (L-4.1) to (L-4.3) may be included.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (L-4.1) or formula (L-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, Yes, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, 21%, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40% , 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8% .
  • both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of is 15% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 19%, 24%, 30%, and the preferable upper limit is 45. 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) to the formula (L-4.6). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by this.
  • the formula (L -4.5) contains both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5). May be.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) or the formula (L-4.5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 3% by mass (hereinafter referred to as mass%). Is simply expressed as%), 5%, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, and 21%. Preferred upper limit values are 45, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13% %, 10%, and 8%.
  • both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of is 15% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 19%, 24%, 30%, and the preferable upper limit is 45. 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-4.7) to the formula (L-4.10), and particularly the formula (L-4.
  • the compound represented by 9) is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is the following compound.
  • R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).
  • R L51 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms
  • R L52 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom.
  • An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) includes solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence index, process suitability, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). %, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30% %, 35%, and 40%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. , 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is represented by the formula (L-5.1) or the formula (L-5.2). The compound represented by formula (L-5.1) is particularly desirable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 2%, 3%, 5% and 7%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-5.3) or the formula (L-5.4).
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 2%, 3%, 5% and 7%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-5.5) to (L-5.7).
  • the compound represented by L-5.7) is preferred.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 2%, 3%, 5% and 7%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is the following compound.
  • R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom.
  • R L61 and R L62 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom. Is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence.
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). %, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30% %, 35%, and 40%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) to the formula (L-6.9).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-6.10) to the formula (L-6.17).
  • a compound represented by L-6.11) is preferable.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 2%, 3%, 5% and 7%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is the following compound.
  • R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in Formula (L), A L71 and A L72 is A L2 and in the general formula (L) independently A L3 represents the same meaning, but the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, Z L71 represents the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L), X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.
  • R L71 and R L72 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and
  • a L71 and A L72 Are each independently preferably a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, and
  • the kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, and four kinds.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) includes solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, dropping trace Therefore, it is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
  • the lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), and 2% 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%.
  • the upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 30%, 25%, 23%, and 20%. 18%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
  • the content of the compound represented by formula (L-7) is preferably increased, and when an embodiment with low viscosity is desired, the content is It is preferable to reduce the amount.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.1) to the formula (L-7.4), and the formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.11) to the formula (L-7.13). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is a compound represented by the formula (L-7.21) to the formula (L-7.23).
  • a compound represented by formula (L-7.21) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.31) to the formula (L-7.34), and the formula (L-7. 31) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7.32).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.41) to the formula (L-7.44), and the formula (L-7. 41) or / and a compound represented by formula (L-7.42).
  • the additive (antioxidant, UV absorber, etc.) in the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention is preferably 100 ppm to 1% by mass.
  • the liquid crystal composition of the present invention can use a nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (Tni) in a wide range, but the nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (Tni) is 60. It is preferably from ⁇ 120 ° C., more preferably from 70 to 100 ° C., particularly preferably from 70 to 85 ° C.
  • the dielectric anisotropy ⁇ of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is preferably ⁇ 2.0 to ⁇ 6.0, more preferably ⁇ 2.5 to ⁇ 5.0 at 25 ° C. A value of ⁇ 2.5 to ⁇ 3.5 is particularly preferable.
  • the refractive index anisotropy ⁇ n of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is preferably 0.08 to 0.13 at 25 ° C., more preferably 0.09 to 0.12. More specifically, the refractive index anisotropy of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is preferably 0.10 to 0.12 at 25 ° C. when dealing with a thin cell gap. When it corresponds to a cell gap (cell gap of 3.4 ⁇ m or less), it is preferably about 0.9 to about 0.12, and when it corresponds to a thick cell gap (cell gap of 3.5 ⁇ m or more), it is about 0. It is preferably about 08 to about 0.1.
  • the upper limit of the rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1 ) of the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention is preferably 150 (mPa ⁇ s) or less, more preferably 130 (mPa ⁇ s) or less, and particularly preferably 120 (mPa ⁇ s) or less.
  • the lower limit of the rotational viscosity ( ⁇ 1 ) is preferably 20 (mPa ⁇ s) or more, more preferably 30 (mPa ⁇ s) or more, still more preferably 40 (mPa ⁇ s) or more, and 50 (mPa ⁇ s). s) or more is more preferable, 60 (mPa ⁇ s) or more is further more preferable, and 70 (mPa ⁇ s) or more is particularly preferable.
  • Z as a function of rotational viscosity and refractive index anisotropy shows a specific value.
  • ⁇ 1 represents rotational viscosity and ⁇ n represents refractive index anisotropy.
  • Z is preferably 13000 or less, more preferably 12000 or less, and particularly preferably 11000 or less.
  • the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention needs to have a specific resistance of 10 11 ( ⁇ ⁇ m) or more, preferably 10 12 ( ⁇ ⁇ m). 13 ( ⁇ ⁇ m) or more is more preferable.
  • the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention can use a nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (T NI ) in a wide range, and the phase transition temperature (T NI ) is 60 to 120 ° C. It is preferably 70 to 110 ° C, particularly preferably 75 to 100 ° C.
  • T NI nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature
  • the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 are formed by applying a compound and heating.
  • a normal alignment film may be provided as the base alignment film.
  • a polymerizable compound such as a compound represented by the general formula (V), or an alignment film material containing a compound having photopolymerizability and photocrosslinkability, or a compound represented by the general formula (I) and polymerization
  • An alignment film material made of a conductive liquid crystal compound is prepared.
  • examples of the polymer compound precursor include a mixture of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diisocyanate, polyamic acid, and a polyimide solution in which polyimide is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. Etc.
  • the polyimide content in the polyimide solution is preferably 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 3% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less.
  • examples of the polymer compound precursor include a silicon compound having an alkoxy group, a silicon compound having a halogenated alkoxy group, alcohol, and oxalic acid.
  • examples thereof include a polysiloxane solution prepared by synthesizing polysiloxane by mixing at a quantitative ratio and heating, and dissolving it in a solvent.
  • the alignment film material is applied to each of the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 so as to cover the common electrode 14, the pixel electrode 15, and its slit portion (not shown).
  • a process such as heating is performed.
  • the polymer compound precursor and / or the compound represented by the general formula (V2) or the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the coated or printed alignment film material is polymerized and cured to form a polymer compound.
  • a compound represented by general formula (I) and a compound represented by general formula (V), if necessary, or a compound represented by general formula (I) and a polymerizable liquid crystal Vertical alignment films 16 and 17 in which the compound is semi-cured are formed.
  • the temperature is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 150 to 200 ° C.
  • the vertical alignment ability to align the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer in the direction perpendicular to the substrate surface is formed. Thereafter, a process such as rubbing may be performed as necessary.
  • the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 are overlapped, and the liquid crystal composition layer 13 containing liquid crystal molecules is sealed between them.
  • the seal portion is printed using an epoxy adhesive or the like by a screen printing method.
  • first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 are bonded together through spacer protrusions and a seal portion so that the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 are opposed to each other, and liquid crystal molecules and, if necessary, polymerizable.
  • a liquid crystal composition containing the compound is injected.
  • liquid crystal composition is sealed between the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 by curing the seal portion by heating or the like.
  • a voltage is applied between the common electrode 14 and the pixel electrode 15 using voltage applying means.
  • the voltage is applied with a magnitude of 5 to 30 (V), for example.
  • the application may apply a charge substantially perpendicularly to the first substrate and the second substrate.
  • the tilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules 19 is approximately equal to the pretilt ⁇ given to the liquid crystal molecules 19 in a process described later. Therefore, the magnitude of the pretilt ⁇ of the liquid crystal molecules 19 can be controlled by appropriately adjusting the magnitude of the voltage (see FIG. 3).
  • the ultraviolet light UV is irradiated to the liquid crystal composition layer 13 from the outside of the first substrate 11 with the voltage applied, for example, by the general formula (I) in the vertical alignment films 16 and 17.
  • a compound represented by formula (V) or a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal composition are polymerized to produce a polymer.
  • the intensity of the ultraviolet light UV to be irradiated may or may not be constant, and the irradiation time at each intensity when the irradiation intensity is changed is arbitrary, but two or more stages of irradiation processes are performed.
  • the average irradiation light intensity in the first half of the entire irradiation process time is stronger than the average irradiation intensity in the second half, and the intensity immediately after the start of irradiation is the strongest. More desirably, it is further preferable that the irradiation intensity always decreases to a certain value as the irradiation time elapses.
  • the ultraviolet UV intensity is preferably 2 mW / cm ⁇ 2 to 100 mW / cm ⁇ 2 , but the first stage in the case of multi-stage irradiation or the entire irradiation process in the case of changing the irradiation intensity discontinuously.
  • the maximum irradiation intensity is 10 mW / cm ⁇ 2 to 100 mW / cm ⁇ 2
  • the minimum irradiation intensity is 2 mW / cm ⁇ after the second stage in the case of multistage irradiation or when the irradiation intensity is changed discontinuously. More preferably, it is 2 to 50 mW / cm ⁇ 2 .
  • the total irradiation energy is preferably 10 J to 300 J, more preferably 50 J to 250 J, and even more preferably 100 J to 250 J.
  • the applied voltage may be alternating current or direct current.
  • This alignment control unit has a function of imparting a pretilt ⁇ to the liquid crystal molecules 19 located in the vicinity of the interface of the liquid crystal composition layer 13 with the polymer layers 20 and 21 (vertical alignment films 16 and 17) in the non-driven state (alignment). Controllability).
  • the ultraviolet light UV is irradiated from the outside of the first substrate 11, it may be irradiated from the outside of the second substrate 12, and both the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 may be irradiated. You may irradiate from the outer side of a board
  • the liquid crystal molecules 19 in the liquid crystal composition layer 13 have a predetermined pretilt ⁇ .
  • the response speed to the drive voltage can be greatly improved as compared with a liquid crystal display element that has not been subjected to any pretilt processing and a liquid crystal display device having the liquid crystal display element.
  • the polymer compound precursor constituting the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 is preferably a non-photosensitive polyimide precursor.
  • Tni, ⁇ n, ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ 1 respectively are defined as follows.
  • T ni Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C.)
  • T cn solid phase-nematic phase transition temperature (° C.)
  • ⁇ n refractive index anisotropy at 25 ° C.
  • dielectric anisotropy ⁇ 1 at 25 ° C .
  • K 33 Elastic constant of bending at 20 ° C.
  • Example 1 A first substrate (common electrode substrate) having a transparent electrode layer and a color filter layer made of a transparent common electrode, and a second substrate (pixel) having a pixel electrode layer having a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element Electrode substrate).
  • each pixel electrode was obtained by etching ITO so that a slit having no electrode was present in the pixel electrode in order to divide the orientation of liquid crystal molecules.
  • a vertical alignment film material containing a polyimide precursor and a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group is applied to each of the common electrode substrate and the pixel electrode substrate by spin coating, and the applied film is heated at 200 ° C.
  • the polyimide precursor in the alignment film material was cured to form a vertical alignment film of 100 nm ⁇ 20 nm on the surface of each substrate.
  • the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the vertical alignment film is not cured.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (I-1) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR) with 3.0% The containing solution was used.
  • a liquid crystal composition (LC-A) containing a compound represented by the chemical formula shown in the following table is sandwiched between a common electrode substrate and a pixel electrode substrate on which a vertical alignment film is formed, and then a sealing material is cured to obtain a liquid crystal A composition layer was formed.
  • a spacer having a thickness of 3.0 ⁇ m was used, and the thickness of the liquid crystal composition layer was set to 3.0 ⁇ m.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-1).
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. and USH-250BY manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got.
  • a vertical alignment film containing the compound represented by the formula (I-1) is formed, and a pretilt angle is given to the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer.
  • the pretilt angle is defined as shown in FIG. In the case of complete vertical alignment, the pretilt angle ( ⁇ ) is 90 °, and when the pretilt angle is given, the pretilt angle ( ⁇ ) is smaller than 90 °.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 1 has pretilt angles in different directions in the four sections according to the slits of the pixel electrode as shown in FIG. 2, and the AC electric field is turned off after the polymerizable compound is cured. The pretilt angle was maintained.
  • Table 2 below shows each physical property of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 1, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 1 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Comparative Example 1 As a material for forming a vertical alignment film, a compound represented by the following formula (Va-1-1) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR). A liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that a solution containing 1% was used.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was cured.
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. and USH-250BY manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. are used as the ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 600 seconds. Got.
  • the liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the same conditions as in Example 1 (20 mW for 300 seconds) to give a pretilt angle, but the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was not sufficiently cured. Since the pretilt angle was not stably given, irradiation of 20 mW and 600 seconds was required to maintain the pretilt angle.
  • Table 3 below shows each physical property of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 1, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the alignment film material of Comparative Example 1 does not contain the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • UV irradiation for curing the polymerizable compound having the polymerizable property in the alignment film is performed.
  • a decrease in VHR was observed, and a decrease in physical properties due to decomposition of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition was confirmed.
  • Example 2 A liquid crystal composition (LC-A2) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. The other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and a liquid crystal display element of Example 2 was obtained.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-1).
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ made by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. and USH-250BY made by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 2 had a pretilt angle as in Example 1, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 5 below shows each physical property of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 2, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 2 does not show a decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Example 3 A liquid crystal composition (LC-A3) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and a liquid crystal display element of Example 3 was obtained.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-1).
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 3 had a pretilt angle as in Example 1, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 7 below shows the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 3, the VHR before and after UV irradiation, the drop mark evaluation and the burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 3 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Example 4 A liquid crystal composition (LC-A4) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used.
  • a compound 1.5 represented by the following formula (I-1) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR).
  • % And a solution containing 1.5% of the compound represented by the formula (Va-1-1) was used.
  • Other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and a liquid crystal display element of Example 4 was obtained.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field is applied, and the compound represented by the formula (I-1) and the compound represented by the formula (Va-1-1) are cured.
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. and USH-250BY manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 4 had a pretilt angle as in Example 1, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 9 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 4, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 4 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Example 5 A liquid crystal composition (LC-A5) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Further, as a material for forming a vertical alignment film, a compound 3.0 represented by the following formula (I-21) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR). % Containing solution was used. The other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and a liquid crystal display element of Example 5 was obtained.
  • a compound 3.0 represented by the following formula (I-21) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR). % Containing solution was used. The other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and a liquid crystal display element of Example 5 was obtained.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-21).
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. and USH-250BY manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 5 had a pretilt angle as in Example 1, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the alternating electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 11 shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 5, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 5 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Example 6 A liquid crystal composition (LC-A6) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. The other conditions were the same as in Example 5, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 6 was obtained.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-21).
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 6 had a pretilt angle similar to that of Example 5, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 13 below shows the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 6, the VHR before and after UV irradiation, the drop mark evaluation and the burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 6 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Example 7 A liquid crystal composition (LC-B) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Further, as a material for forming a vertical alignment film, a compound 3.0 represented by the following formula (I-33) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR). % Containing solution was used. Other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and a liquid crystal display element of Example 7 was obtained.
  • a compound 3.0 represented by the following formula (I-33) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR). % Containing solution was used.
  • Other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and a liquid crystal display element of Example 7 was obtained.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-33).
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ made by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. and USH-250BY made by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 7 had a pretilt angle as in Example 1, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the alternating electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 15 below shows the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 7, the VHR before and after UV irradiation, the drop mark evaluation and the burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 7 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Comparative Example 2 As a material for forming a vertical alignment film, a compound represented by the following formula (Va-1-1) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR). A liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that a solution containing 1% was used.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was cured.
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. And USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 600 seconds. Got.
  • the liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the same conditions as in Example 7 (300 msec at 20 mW) to give a pretilt angle, but the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was insufficiently cured. Since the pretilt angle was not stably given, irradiation of 20 mW and 600 seconds was required to maintain the pretilt angle.
  • Table 16 below shows each physical property of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 2, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the alignment film material of Comparative Example 2 does not contain the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • UV irradiation for curing the polymerizable compound having the polymerizable property in the alignment film is performed.
  • a decrease in VHR was observed, and a decrease in physical properties due to decomposition of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition was confirmed.
  • Example 8 A liquid crystal composition (LC-B2) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. The other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 8 was obtained.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-1).
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 8 had a pretilt angle as in Example 1, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 18 below shows the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 8, the VHR before and after UV irradiation, the drop mark evaluation and the burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 8 does not show a decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Example 9 A first substrate (common electrode substrate) having a transparent electrode layer and a color filter layer made of a transparent common electrode, and a second substrate (pixel) having a pixel electrode layer having a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element Electrode substrate).
  • each pixel electrode was obtained by etching ITO so that a slit having no electrode was present in the pixel electrode in order to divide the orientation of liquid crystal molecules.
  • a vertical alignment film material containing a polyimide precursor and a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group is applied to each of the common electrode substrate and the pixel electrode substrate by spin coating, and the applied film is heated at 200 ° C.
  • the polyimide precursor in the alignment film material was cured to form a 100 nm vertical alignment film on the surface of each substrate.
  • the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group is not cured in the vertical alignment film.
  • an N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone solution containing 3% of a polyimide derivative represented by the following formula and 3.0% of a polymerizable compound represented by the formula (I-1) is used as a material for forming a vertical alignment film. It was.
  • a liquid crystal composition (LC-A) containing a compound represented by the following chemical formula is sandwiched between a common electrode substrate and a pixel electrode substrate on which a vertical alignment film is formed, and then a sealing material is cured to obtain a liquid crystal composition A layer was formed.
  • a spacer having a thickness of 3.0 ⁇ m was used, and the thickness of the liquid crystal composition layer was set to 3.0 ⁇ m.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the polymerizable compound having the reactive group.
  • a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the polymerizable compound having the reactive group.
  • USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds.
  • a vertical alignment film containing a polymer of a polymerizable compound having a polyimide skeleton as a main chain and a polymerizable group as a side chain is formed, and a pretilt angle is given to the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 9 has pretilt angles in different directions in the four sections according to the slits of the pixel electrode as shown in FIG. 2, and the AC electric field is turned off after the polymerizable compound is cured. The pretilt angle was maintained.
  • Table 20 below shows each physical property of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 9, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 9 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Comparative Example 3 As a material for forming a vertical alignment film, an N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone solution containing 3% of a polyimide derivative represented by the following formula and 3% of a polymerizable compound represented by the formula (Va-1-1) is used. A liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as Example 9 except for the above.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was cured.
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. And USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 600 seconds. Got.
  • the liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the same conditions as in Example 9 (300 msec at 20 mW) to give a pretilt angle, but the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was not sufficiently cured. Since the pretilt angle was not stably given, irradiation of 20 mW and 600 seconds was required to maintain the pretilt angle.
  • Table 21 below shows the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 3, the VHR before and after UV irradiation, the drop mark evaluation and the burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the alignment film material of Comparative Example 3 does not contain the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • UV irradiation for curing the polymerizable compound having the polymerizable property in the alignment film is performed.
  • a decrease in VHR was observed, and a decrease in physical properties due to decomposition of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition was confirmed.
  • Example 10 A liquid crystal composition (LC-A3) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Otherwise, the conditions were the same as in Example 9, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 10 was obtained.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the polymerizable compound having the reactive group.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 10 was irradiated with UV light at 20 mW for 600 seconds using USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO INC. As a UV lamp as well as UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Got.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 10 had a pretilt angle as in Example 9, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 23 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 10, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and image sticking evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 10 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Example 11 A liquid crystal composition (LC-A6) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Further, as a material for forming a vertical alignment film, an N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone solution containing 3% of a polyimide derivative represented by the following formula and 3% of a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I-21) was used. Otherwise, the conditions were the same as in Example 9, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 11 was obtained.
  • LC-A6 liquid crystal composition LC-A6 containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Further, as a material for forming a vertical alignment film, an N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone solution containing 3% of a polyimide derivative represented by the following formula and 3% of a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I-21) was used. Otherwise, the conditions were the same as in Example 9, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 11 was obtained.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the polymerizable compound having the reactive group.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 11 was irradiated with UV light at 20 mW for 600 seconds using USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Together with UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Got.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 11 had a pretilt angle as in Example 9, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 25 below shows the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 11, the VHR before and after UV irradiation, the drop mark evaluation and the burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 11 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Example 12 A liquid crystal composition (LC-B) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Further, as a material for forming a vertical alignment film, an N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone solution containing 3% of a polyimide derivative represented by the following formula and 3% of a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I-33) was used. Otherwise, the conditions were the same as in Example 9, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 12 was obtained.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the polymerizable compound having the reactive group.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 12 was irradiated with UV light at 20 mW for 600 seconds using USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Got.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 12 had a pretilt angle as in Example 9, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 27 shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 12, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 12 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Comparative Example 4 As a material for forming a vertical alignment film, an N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone solution containing 3% of a polyimide derivative represented by the following formula and 3% of a polymerizable compound represented by the formula (Va-1-1) is used. A liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 4 was obtained in the same manner as Example 12 except that.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was cured.
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 600 seconds. Got.
  • the liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the same conditions as in Example 12 (20 mW for 300 seconds) to give a pretilt angle, but the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was not sufficiently cured. Since the pretilt angle was not stably given, irradiation of 20 mW and 600 seconds was required to maintain the pretilt angle.
  • Table 28 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 4, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the alignment film material of Comparative Example 4 does not contain the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • UV irradiation for curing the polymerizable compound having the polymerizable property in the alignment film is performed.
  • a decrease in VHR was observed, and a decrease in physical properties due to decomposition of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition was confirmed.
  • a first substrate having a transparent electrode layer and a color filter layer made of a transparent common electrode
  • a second substrate having a pixel electrode layer having a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element Electrode substrate.
  • a vertical alignment film material containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a polymerization initiator was applied to each of the common electrode substrate and the pixel electrode substrate by a spin coating method to form a precursor layer of a vertical alignment film having a thickness of 200 nm.
  • a material for forming a vertical alignment film 3.0% of a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I-1) and 97.0% of UCL-011-K1 (DIC Corporation) polymerizable compound were used. .
  • Each of the substrates coated with the vertical alignment film forming material was heated in a constant temperature bath at 70 ° C. for 15 minutes, whereby the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the applied vertical alignment film forming material was changed to an isotropic liquid.
  • the temperature was lowered to room temperature at a rate of 10 ° C./min, and the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the vertical alignment film forming material was set to the vertical alignment.
  • a magnetic field inclined by 70 ° from the substrate surface was applied to each of the pixel electrode substrate and the common electrode substrate to give a pretilt angle to the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
  • ultraviolet rays were irradiated to cure the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and a vertical alignment film was formed.
  • a liquid crystal composition (LC-A) containing a compound represented by the following chemical formula is sandwiched between a common electrode substrate and a pixel electrode substrate on which a vertical alignment film is formed, and then a sealing material is cured to obtain a liquid crystal composition A layer was formed.
  • a spacer having a thickness of 3.0 ⁇ m was used, and the thickness of the liquid crystal composition layer was set to 3.0 ⁇ m.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. And USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got.
  • a vertical alignment film containing a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is formed, and a pretilt angle is imparted to the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 13 has pretilt angles in different directions in the four sections according to the slits of the pixel electrode as shown in FIG. 2, and the AC electric field is turned off after the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is cured. But the pretilt angle was maintained.
  • the following table shows each physical property of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 13, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 13 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), so that the total amount of UV irradiation energy when polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film can be kept low. Therefore, it is considered that decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Comparative Example 5 A liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 13 except that 100% of UCL-011-K1 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) was used as the vertical alignment film forming material. It was.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
  • USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
  • the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 600 seconds.
  • the liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the same conditions as in Example 13 (20 mW for 300 seconds) to give a pretilt angle.
  • the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film was insufficiently cured and stable. Since the pretilt angle was not given, the irradiation of 600 m at 20 mW was required to maintain the pretilt angle.
  • Table 31 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 5, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element, and burn-in evaluation.
  • the alignment film material of Comparative Example 5 does not contain the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy for curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film As a result, the VHR decreased, and the physical properties decreased due to the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition.
  • Example 14 A liquid crystal composition (LC-A3) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 14 was obtained under the same conditions as in Example 13 except that the liquid crystal composition was used.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 14 was irradiated with UV light at 20 mW for 300 seconds using USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Together with UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Got.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 14 had a pretilt angle as in Example 13, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the alternating electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 33 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 14, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 14 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), so that the total amount of UV irradiation energy when polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film can be kept low. Therefore, it is considered that decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Example 15 A liquid crystal composition (LC-A6) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used.
  • As the material for forming the vertical alignment film 3.0% of a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I-21) and 97.0% of UCL-011-K1 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) were used. Otherwise, the liquid crystal display element of Example 15 was obtained under the same conditions as in Example 13.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 15 had a pretilt angle similar to that of Example 13, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 35 shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 15, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 15 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), so that the total amount of UV irradiation energy when polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film can be kept low. Therefore, it is considered that decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Example 16 A liquid crystal composition (LC-B) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used.
  • LC-B liquid crystal composition
  • As a material for forming the vertical alignment film 3.0% of a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I-33) and 97.0% of UCL-011-K1 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) were used. Otherwise, the liquid crystal display element of Example 16 was obtained under the same conditions as in Example 13.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 16 was irradiated with UV light at 20 mW for 300 seconds using USH-250BY made by USHIO INC. With UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Got.
  • the liquid crystal display element of Example 16 had a pretilt angle similar to that of Example 13, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • Table 37 shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 16, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 16 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation.
  • the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), so that the total amount of UV irradiation energy when polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film can be kept low. Therefore, it is considered that decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
  • Comparative Example 6 A liquid crystal display device of Comparative Example 6 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 16 except that 100% of UCL-011-K1 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) was used as the vertical alignment film forming material. It was.
  • the obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound was cured.
  • the irradiation device UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 600 seconds. Got.
  • the liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the same conditions as in Example 16 (300 msec at 20 mW) to give a pretilt angle, but the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film was not sufficiently cured and stable. Since the pretilt angle was not given, the irradiation of 600 m at 20 mW was required to maintain the pretilt angle.
  • Table 38 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 6, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element.
  • the alignment film material of Comparative Example 6 does not contain the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I)
  • the total amount of UV irradiation energy for curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film As a result, the VHR decreased, and the physical properties decreased due to the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition.
  • SYMBOLS 10 Liquid crystal display element, 11 ... 1st board

Abstract

A liquid crystal display element, and a method of manufacturing the same, is provided which is not prone to the occurrence of drip marks during manufacturing and does not lead to a worsening of burn-in characteristics of the liquid crystal element, or of various liquid crystal display element characteristics such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase maximum temperature, rotational viscosity (γ1), etc. Further, this invention makes it possible to manufacture a liquid crystal display element which has excellent high-speed responsiveness as a liquid crystal display element, stable orientation and pre-tilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules, minimal occurrence of burn-in, and minimal occurrence of drip marks during manufacturing. The liquid crystal display element manufactured according to this invention can be used effectively as a display element in liquid crystal televisions, monitors, etc.

Description

液晶表示素子及びその製造方法Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
 本発明は、液晶TV等の構成部材として有用な液晶表示素子及びその製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display element useful as a constituent member for a liquid crystal TV or the like and a method for manufacturing the same.
 液晶表示素子は、時計、電卓をはじめとして、各種測定機器、自動車用パネル、ワードプロセッサー、電子手帳、プリンター、コンピューター、テレビ、時計、広告表示板等に用いられるようになっている。液晶表示方式としては、その代表的なものとして、TN(ツイステッド・ネマチック)型、STN(スーパー・ツイステッド・ネマチック)型、TFT(薄膜トランジスタ)を用いた垂直配向型(バーチカル・アライメント;VA)やIPS(イン・プレーン・スイッチング)型等が挙げられる。これらの液晶表示素子に用いられる液晶組成物は、水分、空気、熱、光などの外的要因に対して安定であること、また、室温を中心としてできるだけ広い温度範囲で液晶相を示し、低粘性であり、かつ駆動電圧が低いことが求められる。さらに、液晶組成物は、個々の液晶表示素子に対して、誘電率異方性(Δε)や屈折率異方性(Δn)等を最適な値とするために、数種類から数十種類の化合物から構成されている。 Liquid crystal display elements are used in various measuring instruments, automobile panels, word processors, electronic notebooks, printers, computers, televisions, watches, advertisement display boards, etc., including clocks and calculators. Typical liquid crystal display methods include TN (twisted nematic) type, STN (super twisted nematic) type, vertical alignment type (vertical alignment; VA) using TFT (thin film transistor), and IPS. (In-plane switching) type. The liquid crystal composition used in these liquid crystal display elements is stable against external factors such as moisture, air, heat, and light, and exhibits a liquid crystal phase in the widest possible temperature range centering on room temperature. It is required to be viscous and have a low driving voltage. Furthermore, the liquid crystal composition is composed of several to several tens of kinds of compounds in order to optimize dielectric anisotropy (Δε), refractive index anisotropy (Δn), etc. for each liquid crystal display element. It is composed of
 VA型ディスプレイでは、Δεが負の液晶組成物が用いられており、液晶TV等に広く用いられている。一方、全ての駆動方式において、低電圧駆動、高速応答、広い動作温度範囲が求められている。すなわち、Δεの絶対値が大きく、粘度(η)が小さく、高いネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(Tni)が要求されている。また、Δnとセルギャップ(d)との積であるΔn×dの設定から、液晶組成物のΔnをセルギャップに合わせて適当な範囲に調節する必要がある。加えて、液晶表示素子をテレビ等へ応用する場合、高速応答性が重視されるため、回転粘度(γ)の小さい液晶組成物が要求される。 In the VA type display, a liquid crystal composition having a negative Δε is used, which is widely used for liquid crystal TVs and the like. On the other hand, in all driving methods, low voltage driving, high-speed response, and a wide operating temperature range are required. That is, the absolute value of Δε is large, the viscosity (η) is small, and a high nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (T ni ) is required. Further, from the setting of Δn × d, which is the product of Δn and the cell gap (d), it is necessary to adjust Δn of the liquid crystal composition to an appropriate range according to the cell gap. In addition, when applying a liquid crystal display element to a television or the like, since high-speed response is important, a liquid crystal composition having a low rotational viscosity (γ 1 ) is required.
 一方、VA型ディスプレイの視野角特性を改善するために、基板上に突起構造物を設けることにより、画素中の液晶分子の配向方向を複数に分割するMVA(マルチドメイン・バーチカル・アライメント)型の液晶表示素子が広く用いられるに至った。MVA型液晶表示素子は、視野角特性の点では優れるものの、基板上の突起構造物の近傍と離れた部位とでは、液晶分子の応答速度が異なり、突起構造物から離れた応答速度の遅い液晶分子の影響から、全体としての応答速度が不十分である問題があり、突起構造物に起因する透過率の低下の問題があった。この問題を解決するために、通常のMVA型液晶表示素子とは異なり、セル中に非透過性の突起構造物を設けることなく、分割した画素内で均一なプレチルト角を付与する方法として、PSA液晶表示素子(polymer sustained alignment:ポリマー維持配向、PS液晶表示素子(polymer stabilised:ポリマー安定化)を含む。)が開発されている。PSA液晶表示素子は、少量の反応性モノマーを液晶組成物に添加し、その液晶組成物を液晶セルに導入後、電極間に電圧を印加しながら、活性エネルギー線の照射により、液晶組成物中の反応性モノマーを重合させることにより製造されるものである。そのため、分割画素中において適切なプレチルト角を付与することができ、結果として、透過率向上によるコントラストの向上及び均一なプレチルト角の付与による高速応答性を達成できる(例えば、特許文献1参照)。しかしながら、PSA液晶表示素子においては、液晶組成物中に反応性モノマーを添加する必要があり、高い電圧保持率が要求されるアクティブマトリクス液晶表示素子においては、問題が多く、焼き付き等の表示不良が発生する問題もあった。 On the other hand, in order to improve the viewing angle characteristics of a VA display, an MVA (multi-domain vertical alignment) type that divides the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in a pixel into a plurality of parts by providing a protrusion structure on the substrate. Liquid crystal display elements have been widely used. Although the MVA type liquid crystal display element is excellent in view angle characteristics, the response speed of liquid crystal molecules is different between the vicinity of the protrusion structure on the substrate and the part away from the protrusion structure, and the liquid crystal having a slow response speed away from the protrusion structure. There is a problem that the response speed as a whole is insufficient due to the influence of molecules, and there is a problem of a decrease in transmittance due to the protruding structure. In order to solve this problem, PSA is a method for providing a uniform pretilt angle in a divided pixel without providing a non-transparent protrusion structure in a cell, unlike a normal MVA liquid crystal display element. Liquid crystal display elements (including polymer sustained alignment: polymer sustaining alignment and PS liquid crystal display elements (polymer stabilized)) have been developed. A PSA liquid crystal display element is obtained by adding a small amount of a reactive monomer to a liquid crystal composition, introducing the liquid crystal composition into a liquid crystal cell, and then irradiating active energy rays while applying a voltage between the electrodes. It is produced by polymerizing the reactive monomer. Therefore, an appropriate pretilt angle can be given in the divided pixels, and as a result, high contrast can be achieved by improving the transmittance and high speed response by giving a uniform pretilt angle (see, for example, Patent Document 1). However, in a PSA liquid crystal display element, it is necessary to add a reactive monomer to the liquid crystal composition, and in an active matrix liquid crystal display element that requires a high voltage holding ratio, there are many problems and display defects such as burn-in are caused. There were also problems that occurred.
 PSA液晶表示素子の欠点を改良し、液晶組成物中に液晶材料以外の異物を混入することなく、液晶分子に均一なプレチルト角を付与する方法として、反応性モノマーを配向膜材料中に混入し、液晶組成物を液晶セルに導入後、電極間に電圧を印加しながら、活性エネルギー線の照射により、配向膜中の反応性モノマーを重合させる方式が開発されている(例えば、特許文献2、3及び4参照)。 As a method of improving the drawbacks of PSA liquid crystal display elements and providing a uniform pretilt angle to liquid crystal molecules without introducing foreign substances other than the liquid crystal material into the liquid crystal composition, a reactive monomer is mixed into the alignment film material. Then, after introducing the liquid crystal composition into the liquid crystal cell, a method of polymerizing the reactive monomer in the alignment film by applying active energy rays while applying a voltage between the electrodes has been developed (for example, Patent Document 2, 3 and 4).
 一方、液晶表示素子の大画面化に伴って、液晶表示素子の製造方法も大きな変化を遂げている。すなわち、従来の真空注入法は、大型のパネルを製造する場合、製造プロセスに多大な時間を要することから、大型パネルの製造においては、ODF(one-drop-fill)方式による製造方法が主流となってきている(例えば、特許文献5参照)。この方式は、真空注入法と比較して、注入時間を短縮できることから、液晶表示素子の製造方法の主流となっている。しかし、液晶組成物を滴下した滴下痕が、液晶表示素子作製後にも、滴下した形状に液晶表示素子に残る現象が新たな問題となってきている。なお、滴下痕とは、黒表示した場合に液晶組成物を滴下した痕が白く浮かび上がる現象と定義する。特に、前述した配向膜材料中に反応性モノマーを添加して液晶分子にプレチルト角を付与する方式においては、液晶組成物の基板への滴下時には異物である反応性モノマーが配向膜中に存在していることから、滴下痕の問題が発生し易い。また、一般的に滴下痕の発生は液晶材料の選択により発生することも多く、その原因は明らかではない。 On the other hand, with the increase in the screen size of the liquid crystal display element, the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element has also undergone great changes. That is, in the conventional vacuum injection method, when a large panel is manufactured, the manufacturing process takes a lot of time. Therefore, in the manufacture of a large panel, a manufacturing method using an ODF (one-drop-fill) method is mainly used. (For example, see Patent Document 5). Since this method can shorten the injection time compared with the vacuum injection method, it has become the mainstream method for manufacturing liquid crystal display elements. However, a phenomenon in which a drop mark in which a liquid crystal composition is dropped remains in the liquid crystal display element in a dropped shape after the liquid crystal display element is produced has become a new problem. In addition, a dripping mark is defined as a phenomenon in which a mark in which a liquid crystal composition is dripped appears white when displaying black. In particular, in the method in which a reactive monomer is added to the alignment film material described above to give a pretilt angle to the liquid crystal molecules, the reactive monomer that is a foreign substance is present in the alignment film when the liquid crystal composition is dropped onto the substrate. Therefore, the problem of dripping marks is likely to occur. In general, the occurrence of dripping marks is often caused by the selection of a liquid crystal material, and the cause is not clear.
 滴下痕の抑制方法としては、液晶組成物中に混合した重合性化合物が重合して、液晶組成物層中にポリマー層を形成することにより、配向制御膜との関係で発生する滴下痕を抑制する方法が開示されている(例えば、特許文献6参照)。しかしながら、この方法のみでは、PSA方式等と同様に、液晶組成物中に添加した反応性モノマーに起因する表示の焼き付きの問題があり、滴下痕の抑制についてもその効果は不十分であり、液晶表示素子としての基本的な特性を維持しつつ、焼き付きや滴下痕の発生し難い液晶表示素子の開発が求められていた。さらに、液晶表示素子はその製造時及び使用時においてUV光に曝されるため、これらUV照射によって、劣化等が生じないまたは生じたとしても表示に影響を与えないことが重要である。 As a method for suppressing the drop mark, the polymerizable compound mixed in the liquid crystal composition is polymerized to form a polymer layer in the liquid crystal composition layer, thereby suppressing the drop mark generated in relation to the alignment control film. Is disclosed (see, for example, Patent Document 6). However, this method alone has a problem of display burn-in caused by the reactive monomer added to the liquid crystal composition, as in the PSA method and the like, and the effect on the suppression of dripping marks is insufficient. There has been a demand for the development of a liquid crystal display element that does not easily cause image sticking or dripping marks while maintaining basic characteristics as a display element. Furthermore, since the liquid crystal display element is exposed to UV light at the time of manufacture and use, it is important that the UV irradiation does not cause deterioration or the like even if it does not deteriorate.
 そこで、我々は特許第05299595号公報(特許文献12)等にて、垂直配向膜中に反応性モノマーを含有させ、液晶組成物を液晶セルに導入後、電極間に電圧を印加しながら、活性エネルギー線の照射により、配向膜中の反応性モノマーを重合させる方式において、特定の液晶組成物を組み合わせる液晶表示素子を提案した。この液晶表示素子により、誘電率異方性、粘度、ネマチック相上限温度、回転粘度(γ)等の液晶表示素子としての諸特性及び液晶表示素子の焼き付き特性を悪化させることなく、製造時の滴下痕が発生し難い液晶表示素子及びその製造方法を提供することが可能になった。しかしながら液晶表示素子に対する要求の高度化により、液晶表示素子としての諸特性の更なる向上、特には、信頼性がより高い液晶組成物および液晶表示素子の開発が求められていた。 Therefore, in Japanese Patent No. 05299595 (Patent Document 12) and the like, a reactive monomer is contained in the vertical alignment film, and after introducing the liquid crystal composition into the liquid crystal cell, the voltage is applied between the electrodes, The liquid crystal display element which combined the specific liquid crystal composition in the system which superposes | polymerizes the reactive monomer in alignment film by irradiation of an energy ray was proposed. With this liquid crystal display element, various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase upper limit temperature, rotational viscosity (γ 1 ) and the image sticking characteristic of the liquid crystal display element are not deteriorated. It has become possible to provide a liquid crystal display element in which dripping marks do not easily occur and a method for manufacturing the same. However, with the increasing demand for liquid crystal display elements, further improvements in various characteristics as liquid crystal display elements, particularly development of liquid crystal compositions and liquid crystal display elements with higher reliability have been demanded.
特開2002-357830号公報JP 2002-357830 A 特開2010-107536号公報JP 2010-107536 A 米国特許出願公開第2011/261295号明細書US Patent Application Publication No. 2011/261295 特開2011-227284号公報JP 2011-227284 A 特開平6-235925号公報JP-A-6-235925 特開2006-58755号公報JP 2006-58755 A 特開2011-95696号公報JP 2011-95696 A 特開2011-95697号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-95697 特開2009-139455号公報JP 2009-139455 A 特開2010-32860号公報JP 2010-32860 A 特開2010-107537号公報JP 2010-107537 A 特許05299595号公報Japanese Patent No. 05299595
 本発明は、上記事情に鑑みてなされたものであって、誘電率異方性、粘度、ネマチック相上限温度、回転粘度(γ)等の液晶表示素子としての諸特性及び液晶表示素子の焼き付き特性を悪化させることなく、製造時の滴下痕が発生し難く、液晶表示素子としての諸特性が高く、信頼性が高い液晶表示素子及びその製造方法を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and has various characteristics as a liquid crystal display device such as dielectric anisotropy, viscosity, nematic phase upper limit temperature, rotational viscosity (γ 1 ), and image sticking of the liquid crystal display device. It is an object of the present invention to provide a liquid crystal display element that does not easily cause dripping marks during manufacturing, does not deteriorate characteristics, has high characteristics as a liquid crystal display element, and has high reliability, and a method for manufacturing the same.
 本発明者等は、上記課題を解決するために、種々の液晶組成物を検討した結果、特定の重合性化合物を含むことにより、前記課題を解決できることを見出し、本願発明を完成するに至った。 As a result of studying various liquid crystal compositions in order to solve the above problems, the present inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by including a specific polymerizable compound, and have completed the present invention. .
 すなわち、本発明は、第一基板と第二基板を有する一組の基板と、前記基板の間に挟持された液晶組成物層とを有し、前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板の少なくとも一方に電極を有しており、前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板の少なくとも一方に、重合性基を有する化合物の重合性基を重合することにより前記液晶組成物層中の液晶分子の配向方向を制御する重合体を含有する配向膜を有し、前記液晶組成物層を構成する液晶組成物が、下記一般式(N-1)、一般式(N-2)、及び一般式(N-3) That is, the present invention includes a pair of substrates having a first substrate and a second substrate, and a liquid crystal composition layer sandwiched between the substrates, and the first substrate and the second substrate. Liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer having an electrode on at least one and polymerizing a polymerizable group of a compound having a polymerizable group on at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate A liquid crystal composition comprising an alignment film containing a polymer that controls the alignment direction of the liquid crystal composition layer is composed of the following general formula (N-1), general formula (N-2), and general formula (N-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(式中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31及びAN32はそれぞれ独立して
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31及びZN32はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 XN21は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
 TN31は-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、
 nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31及びnN32はそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、AN11~AN32、ZN11~ZN32が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)で表される化合物群から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物を含有し、
前記重合性基を有する化合物として、一般式(I)
(Wherein, R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or non-adjacent 2 in the alkyl group Two or more —CH 2 — may be each independently substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent to each other in this group). And two or more —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—) and (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or not adjacent 2 More than one -CH = may be replaced by -N =.)
(C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—. , —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—,
XN21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom,
n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different. ) Containing one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by
The compound having a polymerizable group is represented by the general formula (I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(式中、X10及びX11はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-X-(CH-(式中、tは2~7の整数を表し、Xは-O-、-OCOO-、-OCO-、又は-COO-を表し、Xはフェナントレン環に結合するものとする。)を表す。)で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有する液晶表示素子である。 (Wherein X 10 and X 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 3 and Sp 4 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) t — (wherein t represents an integer of 2 to 7, X represents —O—, —OCOO—, —OCO—, or —COO—, and X represents a bond to the phenanthrene ring. It is a liquid crystal display device containing one or more compounds represented by.
 また、第一の基板と第二の基板の少なくとも一方に、配向材料を塗布し、加熱することにより配向膜材料を形成した後、少なくとも一方に電極を有する前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板により液晶組成物を挟持し、前記電極に、電圧を印加した状態で活性エネルギー線を照射することにより、前記配向膜材料中に含まれる重合性基を有する化合物の重合性基を重合して前記液晶組成物層中の液晶分子の配向方向を制御する配向膜を有し、前記液晶組成物が、下記一般式(N-1)、一般式(N-2)、及び一般式(N-3) In addition, after forming an alignment film material by applying an alignment material to at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate and heating, the first substrate and the second substrate having electrodes on at least one of them By sandwiching the liquid crystal composition between the substrates and irradiating the electrode with active energy rays in a state where a voltage is applied, the polymerizable group of the compound having a polymerizable group contained in the alignment film material is polymerized. The liquid crystal composition layer has an alignment film for controlling the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules, and the liquid crystal composition has the following general formula (N-1), general formula (N-2), and general formula (N- 3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
(式中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31及びAN32はそれぞれ独立して
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31及びZN32はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 XN21は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
 TN31は-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、
 nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31及びnN32はそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、AN11~AN32、ZN11~ZN32が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)で表される化合物群から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物を含有し、
前記重合性基を有する化合物として、一般式(I)
(Wherein, R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or non-adjacent 2 in the alkyl group Two or more —CH 2 — may be each independently substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent to each other in this group). And two or more —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—) and (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or not adjacent 2 More than one -CH = may be replaced by -N =.)
(C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—. , —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—,
XN21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom,
n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different. ) Containing one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by
The compound having a polymerizable group is represented by the general formula (I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(式中、X10及びX11はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-X-(CH-(式中、tは2~7の整数を表し、Xは-O-、-OCOO-、-OCO-、又は-COO-を表し、Xはフェナントレン環に結合するものとする。)を表す。)で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有する液晶表示素子の製造方法である。 (Wherein X 10 and X 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 3 and Sp 4 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) t — (wherein t represents an integer of 2 to 7, X represents —O—, —OCOO—, —OCO—, or —COO—, and X represents a bond to the phenanthrene ring. This is a method for producing a liquid crystal display device containing one or more compounds represented by the formula (1).
 本発明によれば、液晶表示素子としての高速応答性優れ、焼き付きの発生が少なく、その製造時における滴下痕の発生が少なく、液晶表示素子としての諸特性に優れ、また、信頼性が高いため、液晶TV、モニター等の表示素子として有効に用いることができる。 According to the present invention, the high-speed response as a liquid crystal display element is excellent, the occurrence of image sticking is small, the occurrence of dripping marks during the production thereof is small, the various characteristics as a liquid crystal display element are excellent, and the reliability is high. It can be effectively used as a display element for liquid crystal TVs, monitors and the like.
 また、本発明によれば、滴下痕の発生し難い効率的な液晶表示素子の製造が可能となる。 Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to manufacture an efficient liquid crystal display element in which dripping marks are hardly generated.
本発明の液晶表示素子の一実施形態を示す概略斜視図である。It is a schematic perspective view which shows one Embodiment of the liquid crystal display element of this invention. 本発明の液晶表示素子に用いられるスリット電極(櫛形電極)の一例を示す概略平面図である。It is a schematic plan view which shows an example of the slit electrode (comb-shaped electrode) used for the liquid crystal display element of this invention. 本発明の液晶表示素子におけるプレチルト角の定義を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the definition of the pretilt angle in the liquid crystal display element of this invention.
 本発明の液晶表示素子及びその製造方法の実施の形態について説明する。 Embodiments of the liquid crystal display element and the manufacturing method thereof according to the present invention will be described.
 なお、本実施の形態は、発明の趣旨をより良く理解させるために具体的に説明するものであり、特に指定のない限り、本発明を限定するものではない。
[液晶表示素子]
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、一対の基板の間に挟持された液晶組成物層を有する液晶表示素子であって、液晶組成物層に電圧を印加し、液晶組成物層中の液晶分子をフレデリクス転移させることにより、光学的なスイッチとして働かせる原理に基づくものであり、この点では周知慣用技術を用いることができる。
Note that this embodiment is specifically described in order to better understand the gist of the invention, and does not limit the present invention unless otherwise specified.
[Liquid crystal display element]
The liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal composition layer sandwiched between a pair of substrates, and a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal composition layer to displace the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer. This is based on the principle of acting as an optical switch by transferring, and a well-known and conventional technique can be used in this respect.
 二つの基板は、液晶分子をフレデリクス転移するための電極を有する、通常の垂直配向液晶表示素子では、一般的に、二つの基板間に垂直に電荷を印加する方式が採用される。この場合、一方の電極は共通電極となり、もう一方の電極は画素電極となる。以下に、この方式の最も典型的な実施形態を示す。 In a normal vertical alignment liquid crystal display element in which two substrates have electrodes for causing Fredericks transition of liquid crystal molecules, a method of applying a charge vertically between the two substrates is generally employed. In this case, one electrode is a common electrode and the other electrode is a pixel electrode. The most typical embodiment of this scheme is shown below.
 図1は、本発明の液晶表示素子の一実施形態を示す概略斜視図である。 FIG. 1 is a schematic perspective view showing an embodiment of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention.
 本実施形態の液晶表示素子10は、第一の基板11と、第二の基板12と、第一の基板11と第二の基板12の間に挟持された液晶組成物層13と、第一の基板11における液晶組成物層13と対向する面上に設けられた共通電極14と、第二の基板12における液晶組成物層13と対向する面上に設けられた画素電極15と、共通電極14における液晶組成物層13と対向する面上に設けられた垂直配向膜16と、画素電極15における液晶組成物層13と対向する面上に設けられた垂直配向膜17と、必要に応じて、垂直配向膜16上に形成された重合体層20と、垂直配向膜17上に形成された重合体層21と、第一の基板11と共通電極14の間に設けられたカラーフィルター18とから概略構成されている。 The liquid crystal display element 10 of this embodiment includes a first substrate 11, a second substrate 12, a liquid crystal composition layer 13 sandwiched between the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12, and a first The common electrode 14 provided on the surface of the substrate 11 facing the liquid crystal composition layer 13, the pixel electrode 15 provided on the surface of the second substrate 12 facing the liquid crystal composition layer 13, and the common electrode 14, a vertical alignment film 16 provided on the surface facing the liquid crystal composition layer 13, a vertical alignment film 17 provided on the surface of the pixel electrode 15 facing the liquid crystal composition layer 13, and as necessary. A polymer layer 20 formed on the vertical alignment film 16, a polymer layer 21 formed on the vertical alignment film 17, and a color filter 18 provided between the first substrate 11 and the common electrode 14. It is roughly composed.
 第一の基板11と、第二の基板12としては、ガラス基板又はプラスチック基板が用いられる。 As the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12, a glass substrate or a plastic substrate is used.
 プラスチック基板としては、アクリル樹脂、メタクリル樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリカーボネート、環状オレフィン樹脂等の樹脂からなる基板が用いられる。 As the plastic substrate, a substrate made of a resin such as acrylic resin, methacrylic resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, or cyclic olefin resin is used.
 共通電極14は、通常、インジウム添加酸化スズ(ITO)等の透明性を有する材料から構成される。 The common electrode 14 is usually made of a transparent material such as indium-added tin oxide (ITO).
 画素電極15は、通常、インジウム添加酸化スズ(ITO)等の透明性を有する材料から構成される。 The pixel electrode 15 is usually made of a transparent material such as indium-added tin oxide (ITO).
 画素電極15は、第二の基板12にマトリクス状に配設されている。画素電極15は、TFTスイッチング素子に代表されるアクティブ素子のドレイン電極により制御され、そのTFTスイッチング素子は、アドレス信号線であるゲート線及びデータ線であるソース線をマトリクス状に有している。なお、ここでは、TFTスイッチング素子の構成を図示していない。 The pixel electrodes 15 are arranged in a matrix on the second substrate 12. The pixel electrode 15 is controlled by a drain electrode of an active element typified by a TFT switching element, and the TFT switching element has a gate line as an address signal line and a source line as a data line in a matrix. Here, the configuration of the TFT switching element is not shown.
 視野角特性を向上させるために画素内の液晶分子の倒れる方向をいくつかの領域に分割する画素分割を行う場合、各画素内において、ストライプ状やV字状のパターンを有するスリット(電極の形成されない部分)を有する画素電極を設けていてもよい。 In order to improve viewing angle characteristics, when pixel division is performed to divide the direction in which the liquid crystal molecules in the pixel fall into several regions, slits having striped or V-shaped patterns (electrode formation) are formed in each pixel. A pixel electrode having a portion that is not provided) may be provided.
 図2は、画素内を4つの領域に分割する場合のスリット電極(櫛形電極)の典型的な形態を示す概略平面図である。このスリット電極は、画素の中央から4方向に櫛歯状にスリットを有することにより、電圧無印加時に基板に対して略垂直配向している各画素内の液晶分子は、電圧の印加に伴って4つの異なった方向に液晶分子のダイレクターを向けて、水平配向に近づいていく。その結果、画素内の液晶の配向方位を複数に分割できるので極めて広い視野角特性を有する。 FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view showing a typical form of a slit electrode (comb electrode) when the inside of a pixel is divided into four regions. The slit electrode has comb-like slits in four directions from the center of the pixel, so that the liquid crystal molecules in each pixel that are substantially perpendicularly aligned with respect to the substrate when no voltage is applied are applied with voltage application. The liquid crystal molecules are directed in four different directions, approaching horizontal alignment. As a result, the orientation direction of the liquid crystal in the pixel can be divided into a plurality of parts, so that the viewing angle characteristic is extremely wide.
 画素分割するための方法としては、前記画素電極にスリットを設ける方法の他に、画素内に線状突起等の構造物を設ける方法、画素電極や共通電極以外の電極を設ける方法等が用いられる。これらの方法により、液晶分子の配向方向を分割することもできるが、透過率、製造の容易さから、スリット電極を用いる構成が好ましい。スリットを設けた画素電極は、電圧無印加時には液晶分子に対して駆動力を有さないことから、液晶分子にプレチルト角を付与することはできない。しかし、本発明において用いられる配向膜材料を併用することにより、プレチルト角を付与することができるとともに、画素分割したスリット電極と組み合わせることにより、画素分割による広視野角を達成することができる。 As a method for dividing the pixel, in addition to a method of providing a slit in the pixel electrode, a method of providing a structure such as a linear protrusion in the pixel, a method of providing an electrode other than the pixel electrode and the common electrode, and the like are used. . Although the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules can be divided by these methods, a configuration using a slit electrode is preferable from the viewpoint of transmittance and ease of production. Since the pixel electrode provided with the slit does not have a driving force for the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied, the pretilt angle cannot be given to the liquid crystal molecules. However, when the alignment film material used in the present invention is used in combination, a pretilt angle can be given, and a wide viewing angle by pixel division can be achieved by combining with a slit electrode obtained by pixel division.
 本発明において、プレチルト角を有するとは、電圧無印加状態において、基板面(第一の基板11および第二の基板12における液晶組成物層13と隣接する面)に対して垂直方向と液晶分子のダイレクターが僅かに異なっている状態を言う。
(配向膜)
 本発明の液晶表示素子は、垂直配向(VA)型液晶表示素子であるので、電圧無印加時に液晶分子のダイレクターは基板面に対して略垂直配向しているものである。液晶分子を垂直配向させるためには、一般的に(垂直)配向膜が用いられる。
In the present invention, having a pretilt angle means that the liquid crystal molecules are perpendicular to the substrate surface (the surface adjacent to the liquid crystal composition layer 13 in the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12) in the state where no voltage is applied. The director is slightly different.
(Alignment film)
Since the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is a vertical alignment (VA) type liquid crystal display element, the director of the liquid crystal molecules is aligned substantially perpendicular to the substrate surface when no voltage is applied. In order to align liquid crystal molecules vertically, a (vertical) alignment film is generally used.
 本発明には、重合性基を有する化合物の重合性基を重合することにより前記液晶組成物層中の液晶分子の配向方向を制御する重合体を含有する配向膜を用いる。すなわち、本発明では、重合性基を有する化合物の重合性基を重合した重合体を含有する配向膜を用い、前記重合体は組成物中の液晶分子の配向方向の制御能を有する。 In the present invention, an alignment film containing a polymer that controls the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer by polymerizing a polymerizable group of a compound having a polymerizable group is used. That is, in the present invention, an alignment film containing a polymer obtained by polymerizing a polymerizable group of a compound having a polymerizable group is used, and the polymer has an ability to control the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in the composition.
 垂直配向膜を形成する材料(垂直配向膜材料)としては、ポリイミド、ポリアミド、ポリシロキサン、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物等が用いられる。 As a material for forming the vertical alignment film (vertical alignment film material), polyimide, polyamide, polysiloxane, a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, or the like is used.
 垂直配向膜を形成する配向膜材料としてポリイミドを用いる場合には、テトラカルボン酸二無水物およびジイソシアネートの混合物、ポリアミック酸、ポリイミドを溶剤に溶解又は分散させたポリイミド溶液を用いることが好ましく、この場合、ポリイミド溶液中におけるポリイミドの含有量は、1質量%以上10質量%以下であることが好ましく、3質量%以上5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、10質量%以下がさらに好ましい。 When using polyimide as the alignment film material for forming the vertical alignment film, it is preferable to use a mixture of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diisocyanate, polyamic acid, or a polyimide solution in which polyimide is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. The polyimide content in the polyimide solution is preferably 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less, more preferably 3% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less, and still more preferably 10% by mass or less.
 また、垂直配向膜を形成する配向膜材料としてポリシロキサン系材料を用いる場合には、アルコキシ基を有するケイ素化合物、アルコール誘導体及びシュウ酸誘導体を所定の配合量比で混合して加熱することにより製造したポリシロキサンを溶解させた、ポリシロキサン溶液を用いることができる。 In addition, when a polysiloxane material is used as an alignment film material for forming a vertical alignment film, it is manufactured by mixing and heating a silicon compound having an alkoxy group, an alcohol derivative, and an oxalic acid derivative at a predetermined blending ratio. A polysiloxane solution in which the prepared polysiloxane is dissolved can be used.
 本発明の液晶表示素子において、ポリイミド等により形成される前記垂直配向膜16、17は、重合性基を有する重合性化合物の重合により形成される重合体等を含むものである。この重合性化合物は、液晶分子のプレチルト角を固定する機能を付与するものである。すなわち、スリット電極等を用いて、画素内の液晶分子のダイレクターを電圧印加時に異なった方向にチルトさせることが可能となる。しかし、スリット電極を用いた構成においても、電圧無印加時に、液晶分子は基板面に対してほとんど垂直配向しており、プレチルト角は発生しないが、電極間に電圧を印加し、液晶分子を僅かにチルトさせた状態で、紫外線等を照射し、液晶組成物中の反応性モノマーを重合させることにより、適切なプレチルト角を付与している。 In the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 formed of polyimide or the like include a polymer formed by polymerization of a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group. This polymerizable compound imparts a function of fixing the pretilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules. That is, it is possible to tilt the director of the liquid crystal molecules in the pixel in different directions when a voltage is applied, using a slit electrode or the like. However, even in the configuration using the slit electrode, when no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned almost perpendicularly to the substrate surface and no pretilt angle is generated, but a voltage is applied between the electrodes to slightly displace the liquid crystal molecules. In the tilted state, ultraviolet rays or the like are irradiated to polymerize the reactive monomer in the liquid crystal composition, thereby giving an appropriate pretilt angle.
 また、必要に応じて、前記重合体層20、21は液晶組成物中に含有させた重合性化合物を基板間に挟持した後、電圧を印加しながら重合性化合物を硬化させることにより、重合性化合物が相分離しながら前記垂直配向膜16、17の表面に重合体として形成させることができる。 Further, if necessary, the polymer layers 20 and 21 can be polymerized by sandwiching a polymerizable compound contained in a liquid crystal composition between substrates and then curing the polymerizable compound while applying a voltage. The compound can be formed as a polymer on the surfaces of the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 while phase-separating.
 前記垂直配向膜16、17中に含まれる重合体と、必要に応じて形成される前記垂直配向膜16、17の表面に形成された前記重合体層20、21により、液晶分子の配向性が高く、焼き付きの発生が少なく、その製造時における滴下痕の発生が少ないものとなる。 The polymer contained in the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 and the polymer layers 20 and 21 formed on the surfaces of the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 that are formed as necessary provide the alignment of liquid crystal molecules. High, less occurrence of image sticking, and less generation of dripping marks during the production.
 本発明において、略垂直とは、垂直配向している液晶分子のダイレクターが垂直方向からやや倒れてプレチルト角を付与した状態を意味する。プレチルト角が完全な垂直配向の場合を90°、ホモジニアス配向(基板面に水平に配向)の場合を0°とすると、略垂直とは、89.5~85°であることが好ましく、89.5~87°であることがより好ましい。 In the present invention, the term “substantially vertical” means a state in which the directors of vertically aligned liquid crystal molecules are slightly tilted from the vertical direction to give a pretilt angle. When the pretilt angle is 90 ° for complete vertical alignment and 0 ° for homogeneous alignment (aligned horizontally on the substrate surface), substantially vertical is preferably 89.5 to 85 °. More preferably, it is 5 to 87 °.
 重合性基を有する重合性化合物の重合体を含む垂直配向膜16、17は、垂直配向膜材料に混合した重合性化合物の効果により形成されるものである。従って、垂直配向膜と重合性化合物は複雑に絡み合って、一種のポリマーアロイを形成しているものと推定されるが、その正確な構造を示すことはできない。 The vertical alignment films 16 and 17 containing a polymer of a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group are formed by the effect of the polymerizable compound mixed in the vertical alignment film material. Therefore, it is presumed that the vertical alignment film and the polymerizable compound are intertwined in a complicated manner to form a kind of polymer alloy, but the exact structure cannot be shown.
 また、必要に応じて形成される前記重合体層20、21は、液晶組成物中に含有させた重合性化合物が重合する際に液晶組成物から相分離しながら前記垂直配向膜16、17の表面に形成されるが、垂直配向膜の全面に均一に形成されるか、不均一な海島構造で形成されるかは、製造される条件により異なるものと考えられ、その正確な構造は示すことはできない。図1では均一に形成された場合について示した。 In addition, the polymer layers 20 and 21 that are formed as necessary are formed on the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 while phase-separating from the liquid crystal composition when the polymerizable compound contained in the liquid crystal composition is polymerized. Although it is formed on the surface, whether it is formed uniformly on the entire surface of the vertical alignment film or nonuniform sea-island structure is considered to differ depending on the manufacturing conditions, and the exact structure is shown I can't. FIG. 1 shows the case where it is formed uniformly.
 本発明において用いる配向膜には、液晶組成物層中の液晶分子を基板面に対して垂直方向に配向させる垂直配向能と共に、さらに液晶分子の配向方向を制御する配向制御能を有する必要がある。前記垂直配向能及び配向制御能の2つの機能を有する配向膜を得る方法としては、通常用いられる配向膜材料中に重合性基を有する重合性化合物を配合する方法、配向膜材料として、側鎖部分に架橋性官能基を有する重合性化合物の重合体を用いる方法、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を用いる方法がある。以下、各方法について説明する。
(配向膜材料中に重合性基を有する重合性化合物を配合する方法)
 配向膜材料中に重合性基を有する重合性化合物を配合する方法としては、前述の配向膜材料に重合性基を有する重合性化合物を配合する方法が挙げられる。
The alignment film used in the present invention needs to have a vertical alignment ability for aligning liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer in a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface and an alignment control ability for controlling the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules. . As a method for obtaining an alignment film having two functions of the vertical alignment ability and the alignment control ability, a method of blending a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in a commonly used alignment film material, and a side chain as an alignment film material There are a method using a polymer of a polymerizable compound having a crosslinkable functional group in a portion and a method using a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Hereinafter, each method will be described.
(Method of blending a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film material)
Examples of the method of blending the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film material include a method of blending the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group into the aforementioned alignment film material.
 配向膜材料に含有する重合性基を有する重合性化合物はメソゲン性部位を含んでいても、含んでいなくてもよいが、重合性基を有する化合物として、一般式(I) The polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group contained in the alignment film material may or may not contain a mesogenic moiety, but the compound having a polymerizable group is represented by the general formula (I)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(式中、X10及びX11はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-X-(CH-(式中、tは2~7の整数を表し、Xは-O-、-OCOO-、-OCO-、又は-COO-を表し、Xはフェナントレン環に結合するものとする。)を表し、式中のフェナントレン環は、任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい。)で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが重要である。一般式(I)で表される化合物は反応速度が速いため、当該化合物を含有することにより、配向膜中に形成する重合体を少ないエネルギー量、すなわち、紫外線等の照射量の低減化をすることが可能となる。 (Wherein X 10 and X 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 3 and Sp 4 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) t — (wherein t represents an integer of 2 to 7, X represents —O—, —OCOO—, —OCO—, or —COO—, and X represents a bond to the phenanthrene ring. It is important that the phenanthrene ring in the formula contains one or two or more compounds represented by any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom. Since the compound represented by the general formula (I) has a high reaction rate, the polymer formed in the alignment film reduces the amount of energy, that is, the irradiation amount of ultraviolet rays or the like, by containing the compound. It becomes possible.
 上記一般式(I)において、X10及びX11はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表すが、反応速度を重視する場合には水素原子が好ましく、反応残留量を低減することを重視する場合にはメチル基が好ましい。 In the general formula (I), X 10 and X 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. However, when importance is attached to the reaction rate, a hydrogen atom is preferable, and importance is placed on reducing the amount of residual reaction. In this case, a methyl group is preferred.
 上記一般式(I)において、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-X-(CH-(式中、tは2~7の整数を表し、Xは-O-、-OCOO-、又は-COO-を表し、Xはフェナントレン環に結合するものとする。)を表すが、炭素鎖があまり長くないことが好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数1~3のアルキレン基がより好ましい。また、Sp及びSpが-X-(CH-を表す場合も、tは1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、Sp及びSpの少なくとも一方が、単結合であることがより好ましく、いずれも単結合であることが特に好ましい。 In the general formula (I), Sp 3 and Sp 4 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) t — (wherein t is 2 to 7 X represents —O—, —OCOO—, or —COO—, and X is assumed to be bonded to the phenanthrene ring. Alternatively, an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable. Also, when Sp 3 and Sp 4 represent —X— (CH 2 ) t —, t is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and at least one of Sp 3 and Sp 4 is a single bond. More preferably, it is particularly preferable that both are single bonds.
 上記一般式(I)で表される化合物は、具体的には、以下の一般式(I-1)~(I-52)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (I) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (I-1) to (I-52).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 上記一般式(I)で表される化合物の、配向膜を形成する前記高分子化合物前駆体中における含有量は、0.1~6質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~5質量%であることがより好ましく、1~4質量%であることがさらに好ましい。 The content of the compound represented by the general formula (I) in the polymer compound precursor forming the alignment film is preferably 0.1 to 6% by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass. More preferably, the content is 1 to 4% by mass.
 配向膜材料に含有する重合性基を有する重合性化合物として、上記一般式(I)で表される化合物以外に、下記一般式(V) As a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group contained in the alignment film material, in addition to the compound represented by the general formula (I), the following general formula (V)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(式中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-X-(CH-(式中、sは2~7の整数を表し、XはO、OCOO、OCO、又はCOOを表し、XはU中に存在する芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Uは炭素原子数2~20の直鎖もしくは分岐多価アルキレン基、炭素原子数3~20の直鎖もしくは分岐多価アルケニレン基又は炭素原子数5~30の多価環状置換基を表すが、多価アルキレン基中のアルキレン基又は多価アルケニレン基中のアルケニレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で-O-、-CO-、-CF-により置換されていてもよく、炭素原子数5~20のアルキル基(基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよい。)、又は環状置換基により置換されていてもよく、kは0~5の整数を表す。)で表される重合性化合物を含有していても良い。 (Wherein X 7 and X 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s represents an integer of 2 to 7, X represents O, OCOO, OCO, or COO, and X is bonded to an aromatic ring present in U.) U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear or branched polyvalent alkenylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a polyvalent cyclic substituent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group or the alkenylene group in the polyvalent alkenylene group may be substituted with —O—, —CO—, —CF 2 — within the range in which the oxygen atom is not adjacent, An alkyl group of 5 to 20 (alkylene in the group) The oxygen group may be substituted with an oxygen atom in the range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent to each other)), or may be substituted with a cyclic substituent, and k represents an integer of 0 to 5.) May contain a functional compound.
 上記一般式(V)において、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表すが、反応速度を重視する場合には水素原子が好ましく、反応残留量を低減することを重視する場合にはメチル基が好ましい。 In the general formula (V), X 7 and X 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. However, when importance is attached to the reaction rate, a hydrogen atom is preferable, and importance is placed on reducing the residual amount of the reaction. In this case, a methyl group is preferred.
 上記一般式(V)において、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-X-(CH-(式中、sは2~7の整数を表し、XはO、OCOO、又はCOOを表し、XはU中に存在する芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表すが、炭素鎖があまり長くないことが好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数1~3のアルキレン基がより好ましい。また、Sp及びSpが-X-(CH-を表す場合も、sは1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、Sp及びSpの少なくとも一方が、単結合であることがより好ましく、いずれも単結合であることが特に好ましい。 In the general formula (V), Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s is 2 to 7 X represents O, OCOO, or COO, and X is bonded to an aromatic ring present in U.), but the carbon chain is preferably not so long, and a single bond or An alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable. In addition, when Sp 1 and Sp 2 represent —X— (CH 2 ) s —, s is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and at least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 is a single bond. More preferably, it is particularly preferable that both are single bonds.
 上記一般式(V)において、kは0~5の整数を表すが、液晶組成物層中の液晶分子の配向方向の制御性を重視する場合には、kは1~5の整数を表すことが好ましく、kは1~3の整数を表すことがより好ましく、kは1を表すことがさらに好ましい。 In the general formula (V), k represents an integer of 0 to 5. However, when emphasizing controllability of the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer, k represents an integer of 1 to 5. More preferably, k represents an integer of 1 to 3, and k represents more preferably 1.
 上記一般式(V)において、Uは炭素原子数2~20の直鎖もしくは分岐多価アルキレン基炭素原子数3~20の直鎖もしくは分岐多価アルケニレン基又は炭素原子数5~30の多価環状置換基を表すが、多価アルキレン基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で-O-、-CO-、-CF-により置換されていてもよく、炭素原子数5~20のアルキル基(基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよい。)、又は環状置換基により置換されていてもよく、2つ以上の環状置換基により置換されていることが好ましい。 In the general formula (V), U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear or branched polyvalent alkenylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a polyvalent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. Represents a cyclic substituent, and the alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group may be substituted with —O—, —CO—, —CF 2 — in the range in which the oxygen atom is not adjacent, and has 5 to 20 carbon atoms. An alkyl group (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted with an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent), or may be substituted with a cyclic substituent, and may be substituted with two or more cyclic substituents; It is preferable.
 上記一般式(V)において、Uは具体的には、以下の式(Va-1)から式(Va-5)を表すことが好ましく、式(Va-1)、式(Va-2)を表すことがより好ましく、式(Va-1)を表すことが特に好ましい。 In the general formula (V), U specifically preferably represents the following formulas (Va-1) to (Va-5), and the formulas (Va-1) and (Va-2) It is more preferable to represent, and it is particularly preferable to represent the formula (Va-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(式中、両端はSp又はSpに結合するものとし(上記はk=1の場合)、kが2~5の整数である場合、連結基数は対応して増加する。Z、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立して、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-又は単結合を表し、式中の全ての芳香環は、任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい。)
 上記Uにおいて、Z、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立して、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-又は単結合がより好ましく、単結合が特に好ましい。
(In the formula, both ends are bound to Sp 1 or Sp 2 (when k = 1), and when k is an integer of 2 to 5, the number of linking groups increases correspondingly. Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH═CH—COO—, —CH═CH—OCO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCO—CH═CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 —OCO— or Represents a single bond, and all aromatic rings in the formula are replaced with any hydrogen atom by a fluorine atom. May be.)
In the above U, Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond is preferable, —COO—, —OCO— or a single bond is more preferable, and a single bond is particularly preferable.
 Uが上記環構造を有する場合、前記Sp及びSpは少なくとも一方が単結合を表すことが好ましく、両方共に単結合であることも好ましい。 When U has the ring structure, at least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 preferably represents a single bond, and it is also preferable that both are single bonds.
 上記一般式(V)において、kは0~5の整数を表すが、kが1の2官能化合物、又はkが2の3官能化合物であることが好ましく、kが1の2官能化合物であることがより好ましい。 In the above general formula (V), k represents an integer of 0 to 5, but k is preferably a bifunctional compound of 1 or k is a trifunctional compound of 2, and k is a bifunctional compound of 1. It is more preferable.
 上記一般式(V)で表される化合物は、具体的には、以下の一般式(Va-1-1)~(Va-5-3)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (V) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formulas (Va-1-1) to (Va-5-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 また、上記式(Va-1-1)~式(Va-5-3)で表される化合物の中でも、式(Va-1-1)~式(Va-2-11)で表される化合物が好ましく、式(Va-1-1)~式(Va-1-13)で表される化合物がより好ましい。 Among the compounds represented by the above formulas (Va-1-1) to (Va-5-3), compounds represented by the formulas (Va-1-1) to (Va-2-11) Are preferred, and compounds represented by the formulas (Va-1-1) to (Va-1-13) are more preferred.
 上記一般式(V)で表される化合物の、配向膜を形成する配向膜材料中における含有量は、0~6質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~4質量%であることがより好ましく、1~2質量%であることがさらに好ましい。 The content of the compound represented by the general formula (V) in the alignment film material forming the alignment film is preferably 0 to 6% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 4% by mass. The content is preferably 1 to 2% by mass.
 配向膜を形成する前記高分子化合物前駆体中における、上記重合性基を有する重合性化合物全体の含有量は、0.1~6質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~5質量%であることがより好ましく、1~4質量%であることがさらに好ましい。
(配向膜材料として、側鎖部分に架橋性官能基を有する重合性化合物の重合体を用いる方法)
 側鎖部分に架橋性官能基を有する重合性化合物としては、側鎖部分に架橋性官能基(重合性基)を有していれば、主鎖部分は特に限定されないが、主鎖部分として前述のイミド骨格やシロキサン骨格を有する化合物を用いることが好ましく、主鎖部分にポリイミド骨格を有する化合物を用いることがより好ましい。 主鎖部分にポリイミド骨格を有し側鎖として架橋性官能基を有する重合性化合物としては、ポリイミド構造を構成する繰り返し単位(主鎖部分)に、側鎖として架橋性官能基を含む化合物が挙げられる。そして、当該架橋性官能基が重合反応開始点となり、配向膜材料中に配合する重合性基を有する重合性化合物がラジカル反応し、側鎖を形成することにより、液晶組成物層中の液晶分子の配向方向を制御する配向制御能を有することとなる。前記架橋性官能基としては、ラジカル反応可能なものであれば、如何なる構造を有していても良いが、以下に示す(V2-1)~(V2-7)で表される基が好ましく、(V2-1)~(V2-3)で表される基がより好ましく、(V2-1)又は(V2-2)で表される基がさらに好ましい。
The content of the whole polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the polymer compound precursor forming the alignment film is preferably 0.1 to 6% by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass. More preferably, it is 1 to 4% by mass.
(Method of using a polymer of a polymerizable compound having a crosslinkable functional group in the side chain portion as the alignment film material)
The polymerizable compound having a crosslinkable functional group in the side chain portion is not particularly limited as long as it has a crosslinkable functional group (polymerizable group) in the side chain portion. It is preferable to use a compound having an imide skeleton or a siloxane skeleton, and it is more preferable to use a compound having a polyimide skeleton in the main chain portion. Examples of the polymerizable compound having a polyimide skeleton in the main chain portion and a crosslinkable functional group as a side chain include compounds having a crosslinkable functional group as a side chain in the repeating unit (main chain portion) constituting the polyimide structure. It is done. And the said crosslinkable functional group becomes a polymerization reaction start point, and the polymerizable compound which has a polymerizable group mix | blended in alignment film material carries out a radical reaction, and forms a side chain, The liquid crystal molecule in a liquid crystal composition layer It has the orientation control ability to control the orientation direction. The crosslinkable functional group may have any structure as long as it is capable of radical reaction, but groups represented by the following (V2-1) to (V2-7) are preferable, A group represented by (V2-1) to (V2-3) is more preferred, and a group represented by (V2-1) or (V2-2) is more preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(Rは炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基を表す。)
 上記架橋性官能基は、主鎖部分と共有結合を介して結合していればよく、主鎖部分に直接結合していても、主鎖部分に連結基を介して結合していても良いが、連結基としては、-O-C-又は-O-C-(RO)r-を用いることが好ましい(Rは炭素原子数1~20のアルキレン基を表し、rは1以上の整数を表す。)。
(R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.)
The crosslinkable functional group only needs to be bonded to the main chain portion via a covalent bond, and may be directly bonded to the main chain portion or may be bonded to the main chain portion via a linking group. As the linking group, —O—C 6 H 4 — or —O—C 6 H 4 — (R 2 O) r— is preferably used (R 2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms). R represents an integer of 1 or more.)
 主鎖としてポリイミド骨格を有し側鎖として架橋性官能基を有する重合性化合物として、例えば、以下に示す一般式(V2)で表される化合物を例示することができる。 As a polymerizable compound having a polyimide skeleton as a main chain and a crosslinkable functional group as a side chain, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (V2) can be exemplified.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(一般式(V2)中、Rは下記(V2-A)~(V2-F)で表される基のうちのいずれか1種を表し、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~20のアルキレン基を表し、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して上記(V2-1)~(V2-7)で表される基のうちのいずれか1種を表し、nは1以上の整数を表し、m1及びm2はそれぞれ0又は1を表し、m3及びm4はそれぞれ0又は1以上の整数を表し、m5及びm6はそれぞれ0又は1を表すが、m5及びm6の少なくとも1つは1を表す。) (In the general formula (V2), R 3 represents any one of the groups represented by the following (V2-A) to (V2-F), and R 4 and R 5 each independently represent carbon. Represents an alkylene group having 1 to 20 atoms, and R 6 and R 7 each independently represents any one of the groups represented by the above (V2-1) to (V2-7), and n Represents an integer of 1 or more, m1 and m2 each represents 0 or 1, m3 and m4 each represents 0 or an integer of 1 or more, m5 and m6 each represent 0 or 1, and at least m5 and m6 One represents 1.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 主鎖部分にポリイミド骨格を有し側鎖として架橋性官能基を有する重合性化合物と共に、配向膜材料中に配合する重合性基を有する重合性化合物としては、上記一般式(I)及び、上記一般式(V)で表される化合物と同一ものが挙げられるが、一般式(I)で表される化合物を必ず含有することを特徴としている。当該上記一般式(I)で表される化合物を含有することにより、側鎖の形成を少ないエネルギー量で行うこと、すなわち、紫外線等の照射量の低減化が可能となる。 As the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group to be blended in the alignment film material together with the polymerizable compound having a polyimide skeleton in the main chain portion and having a crosslinkable functional group as a side chain, the general formula (I) and the above Although the same thing as the compound represented by general formula (V) is mentioned, it is characterized by necessarily containing the compound represented by general formula (I). By containing the compound represented by the general formula (I), the side chain can be formed with a small amount of energy, that is, the irradiation dose such as ultraviolet rays can be reduced.
 上記一般式(I)で表される化合物の、配向膜材料中に配合する配合量は、0.1~6質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~5質量%であることがより好ましく、1~4質量%であることがさらに好ましい。 The compounding amount of the compound represented by the general formula (I) in the alignment film material is preferably 0.1 to 6% by mass, and more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass. More preferably, it is 1 to 4% by mass.
 上記重合性基を有する重合性化合物全体の配向膜材料中に配合する配合量は、0.1~6質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~5質量%であることがより好ましく、1~4質量%であることがさらに好ましい。 The blending amount of the whole polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film material is preferably 0.1 to 6% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass. More preferably, it is ˜4% by mass.
 なお、当該配向膜材料として、側鎖部分に架橋性官能基を有する重合性化合物の重合体を用いる場合、前述の公知のポリイミド系材料を併用して用いても良い。
(配向膜として重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を用いる方法)
 配向膜として重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を用いる場合、前述のポリイミド系材料やポリシロキサン系材料からなる配向膜を下塗り配向膜として用いても良い。
In addition, when using the polymer of the polymeric compound which has a crosslinkable functional group in a side chain part as the said alignment film material, you may use together with the above-mentioned well-known polyimide-type material.
(Method using cured product of polymerizable liquid crystal compound as alignment film)
When a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is used as the alignment film, an alignment film made of the above-described polyimide material or polysiloxane material may be used as the undercoat alignment film.
 配向膜として、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を用いる場合、下記一般式(V3)で表される重合性液晶化合物と共に、上記一般式(I)で表される化合物を必ず含有することを特徴としている。当該上記一般式(I)で表される化合物を含有することにより、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を少ないエネルギー量で得ることができ、すなわち、紫外線等の照射量の低減化をすることが可能となる。 When a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is used as the alignment film, it must contain the compound represented by the above general formula (I) together with the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the following general formula (V3). Yes. By containing the compound represented by the general formula (I), a cured product of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be obtained with a small amount of energy, that is, it is possible to reduce the irradiation amount of ultraviolet rays or the like. It becomes.
 重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を用いて配向膜を製造する場合、上記一般式(I)で表される化合物及び一般式(V3)で表される重合性液晶化合物の総量に対して、上記一般式(I)で表される化合物を0.1~50質量%含有することが好ましく、0.3~30質量%含有することがより好ましく、0.5~10質量%含有することがさらに好ましい。 When producing an alignment film using a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the above general formula is used with respect to the total amount of the compound represented by the general formula (I) and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound represented by the general formula (V3). The content of the compound represented by the formula (I) is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 30% by mass, and even more preferably 0.5 to 10% by mass. .
 配向膜を形成する重合性液晶化合物として具体的には、下記一般式(V3) Specifically, as the polymerizable liquid crystal compound forming the alignment film, the following general formula (V3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(式中、Xは、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは2~7の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Zは-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-CY=CY-(YおよびYはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、フッ素原子を表す。)、-C≡C-又は単結合を表し、Yは、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基、水素原子、フッ素原子もしくはシアノ基、又は以下の構造 (Wherein X 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 5 and Sp 6 each independently represents a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s — ( In the formula, s represents an integer of 2 to 7, and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring.), Z 4 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO— , —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH═CH—COO—, —CH═CH—OCO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCO—CH═CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 , -OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 -OCO -, - CY 1 CY 2 - (Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom.), - C≡C- or a single bond, Y is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, carbon atoms An alkenyl group having 2 to 8 atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or a cyano group, or the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(式中、Xは水素原子又はメチル基を表す。)を表し、C環は1,4-フェニレン基、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は単結合を表し、C環において1,4-フェニレン基の任意の水素原子はフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい。)で表される重合性液晶化合物を1種又は2種以上含有することが好ましい。 (Wherein X 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group), the C ring represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond, -Any hydrogen atom of the phenylene group may be substituted with a fluorine atom. It is preferable to contain one or more polymerizable liquid crystal compounds represented by
 上記一般式(V3)において、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表すが、反応速度を重視する場合には水素原子が好ましく、反応残留量を低減することを重視する場合にはメチル基が好ましい。 In the general formula (V3), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. However, when importance is attached to the reaction rate, a hydrogen atom is preferable, and importance is placed on reducing the residual amount of the reaction. In this case, a methyl group is preferred.
 上記一般式(V3)において、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは2~7の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表すが、炭素鎖があまり長くないことが好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数1~3のアルキレン基がより好ましい。また、Sp及びSpが-O-(CH-を表す場合も、sは1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、Sp及びSpの少なくとも一方が、単結合であることがより好ましく、いずれも単結合であることが特に好ましい。 In the general formula (V3), Sp 5 and Sp 6 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s is 2 to 7). Wherein the oxygen atom is bonded to the aromatic ring), the carbon chain is preferably not so long, a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and a single bond or An alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferred. Further, when Sp 5 and Sp 6 represent —O— (CH 2 ) s —, s is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and at least one of Sp 5 and Sp 6 is a single bond. More preferably, it is particularly preferable that both are single bonds.
 上記一般式(V3)において、Zは-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-CY=CY-(YおよびYはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、フッ素原子を表す。)、-C≡C-又は単結合を表すが、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-又は単結合がより好ましく、単結合が特に好ましい。 In the general formula (V3), Z 4 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH═CH—COO—, —CH═CH—OCO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCO—CH═CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 —OCO— , —CY 1 ═CY 2 — (Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom), —C≡C— or a single bond, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —C H 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond is preferable, —COO—, —OCO— or a single bond is more preferable, and a single bond is particularly preferable.
 上記一般式(V3)において、C環は任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい1,4-フェニレン基、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は単結合を表すが、1,4-フェニレン基又は単結合が好ましい。 In the above general formula (V3), the ring C represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond in which any hydrogen atom may be substituted by a fluorine atom. A 4-phenylene group or a single bond is preferred.
 C環が単結合以外の環構造を表す場合、Zは単結合以外の連結基も好ましく、C環が単結合の場合、Zは単結合が好ましい。 When C ring represents a ring structure other than a single bond, Z 4 is preferably a linking group other than a single bond. When C ring is a single bond, Z 4 is preferably a single bond.
 Yは、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基、水素原子、フッ素原子又はシアノ基を表す化合物は、単官能の重合性液晶化合物であり、Yが重合性骨格を有さないものである。一方、Yが前述の重合性骨格を表す化合物はニ官能重合性液晶化合物である。本発明においては、単官能の重合性液晶化合物又はニ官能重合性液晶化合物の何れも使用することが可能であるが、耐熱性の観点からニ官能重合性液晶化合物が好ましく、これらを両方同時に用いることもできる。 Y is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or A compound representing a cyano group is a monofunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and Y does not have a polymerizable skeleton. On the other hand, the compound in which Y represents the above-described polymerizable skeleton is a bifunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound. In the present invention, either a monofunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound or a bifunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be used, but a bifunctional polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance, and both of them are used simultaneously. You can also.
 以上のことから、環構造を有する重合性液晶化合物としては、以下の一般式(V3-1)から(V3-6)で表される化合物が好ましく、一般式(V3-1)から(V3-4)で表される化合物が特に好ましく、一般式(V3-2)で表される化合物が最も好ましい。 From the above, as the polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a ring structure, compounds represented by the following general formulas (V3-1) to (V3-6) are preferable, and the general formulas (V3-1) to (V3- The compound represented by 4) is particularly preferred, and the compound represented by the general formula (V3-2) is most preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(上記式中、SpおよびSpは、それぞれ独立して、上記で定義したものと同一のものを表す。)
 重合性液晶化合物の硬化物を配向膜として用いる場合、配向膜形成材料中の重合性液晶化合物を加熱し等方性液体とした後に、温度を下げ、重合性液晶化合物の配向を垂直配向とする必要がある。その後、基板面から特定角度傾斜した磁場を印加した状態でプレチルト角を付与し、この状態のまま、紫外線を照射し、重合性液晶化合物を硬化させ、配向膜とする。
(In the above formula, Sp 5 and Sp 6 are each independently the same as defined above.)
When a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is used as an alignment film, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film forming material is heated to an isotropic liquid, and then the temperature is lowered to make the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound a vertical alignment. There is a need. Thereafter, a pretilt angle is applied in a state where a magnetic field inclined by a specific angle from the substrate surface is applied, and in this state, ultraviolet rays are irradiated to cure the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to obtain an alignment film.
 また、当該配向膜には、配向膜の下地層として、水平配向膜を有していても良い。具体的には、ポリイミド系水平配向配向膜材料等を用い、基板上に水平配向膜材料をスピンコート法によって塗布し、加熱等により溶媒を除去した後、焼成し、下地層を作成し、ラビング処理を行い水平配向性を付与した水平配向膜を有していても良い。
(配向膜表面に重合体層を形成させるために液晶組成物に含有させる重合性化合物)
 本発明の液晶表示素子において、垂直配向膜は、反応性基を有する重合性化合物の重合により形成される重合体を含み、当該重合体により、適切なプレチルト角を付与することができるが、更に、必要に応じて、液晶組成物中に重合性化合物を含有させ、当該液晶組成物を基板間に挟持した後、電圧を印加しながら該重合性化合物を硬化させることにより、重合性化合物が相分離しながら、前記垂直配向膜の表面に重合体層として形成され、更に液晶分子の配向性やプレチルト角の安定性が高く、焼き付きの発生が少なく、その製造時における滴下痕の発生が少ない液晶表示素子を得ることができる。
The alignment film may have a horizontal alignment film as a base layer of the alignment film. Specifically, using a polyimide-based horizontal alignment film material, etc., the horizontal alignment film material is applied onto the substrate by a spin coating method, the solvent is removed by heating or the like, and then baked to create a base layer, which is rubbed. You may have the horizontal alignment film which gave the horizontal orientation by processing.
(Polymerizable compound included in liquid crystal composition to form polymer layer on alignment film surface)
In the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, the vertical alignment film includes a polymer formed by polymerization of a polymerizable compound having a reactive group, and the polymer can give an appropriate pretilt angle. If necessary, the polymerizable compound is contained in the liquid crystal composition, and after sandwiching the liquid crystal composition between the substrates, the polymerizable compound is cured by applying the voltage to cure the polymerizable compound. Liquid crystal formed as a polymer layer on the surface of the vertical alignment film while being separated, liquid crystal molecule orientation and pretilt angle stability are high, there is little occurrence of image sticking, and there are few occurrences of dripping marks during its production A display element can be obtained.
 前記重合層を形成させる重合性化合物は、ひとつの反応性基を有する単官能性の重合性化合物、二官能あるいは三官能等の二つ以上の反応性基を有する多官能性の重合性化合物等が挙げられるが、二官能あるいは三官能等の二つ以上の反応性基を有する多官能性の重合性化合物が好ましい。用いられる重合性化合物は、1種類であっても、2種類以上であってもよい。 The polymerizable compound for forming the polymerization layer is a monofunctional polymerizable compound having one reactive group, a polyfunctional polymerizable compound having two or more reactive groups such as bifunctional or trifunctional, etc. However, a polyfunctional polymerizable compound having two or more reactive groups such as bifunctional or trifunctional is preferable. The polymerizable compound used may be one type or two or more types.
 重合体層を形成させる重合性化合物としては、前述の一般式(I)で表される化合物を含有することが好ましい。当該前述の一般式(I)で表される化合物を用いることにより、配向膜の表面に重合体層を少ないエネルギー量で形成することができ、すなわち、紫外線等の照射量の低減化をすることが可能となる。 As the polymerizable compound for forming the polymer layer, it is preferable to contain the compound represented by the aforementioned general formula (I). By using the compound represented by the general formula (I), the polymer layer can be formed on the surface of the alignment film with a small amount of energy, that is, the irradiation amount of ultraviolet rays or the like is reduced. Is possible.
 また、重合体層を形成させる重合性化合物としては、前述の一般式(V)と同様に一般式(V1) Further, as the polymerizable compound for forming the polymer layer, the general formula (V1) is the same as the general formula (V) described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(式中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-X-(CH-(式中、rは2~7の整数を表し、XはO、OCOO、OCO、又はCOOを表し、XはU中に存在する芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Uは炭素原子数2~20の直鎖もしくは分岐多価アルキレン基、炭素原子数3~20の直鎖もしくは分岐多価アルケニレン基又は炭素原子数5~30の多価環状置換基を表すが、多価アルキレン基中のアルキレン基又は多価アルケニレン基中のアルケニレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で-O-、-CO-、-CF-により置換されていてもよく、炭素原子数5~20のアルキル基(基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよい。)、又は環状置換基により置換されていてもよく、kは0~5の整数を表す。)で表される重合性化合物が好ましい。 (Wherein X 7 and X 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1 and Sp 2 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) r — (wherein r represents an integer of 2 to 7, X represents O, OCOO, OCO, or COO, and X is bonded to an aromatic ring present in U) U represents a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear or branched polyvalent alkenylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a polyvalent cyclic substituent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. The alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group or the alkenylene group in the polyvalent alkenylene group may be substituted with —O—, —CO—, —CF 2 — within the range in which the oxygen atom is not adjacent, An alkyl group of 5 to 20 (alkylene in the group) The oxygen group may be substituted with an oxygen atom in the range where the oxygen atoms are not adjacent to each other)), or may be substituted with a cyclic substituent, and k represents an integer of 0 to 5.) Are preferred.
 上記一般式(V1)において、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表すが、反応速度を重視する場合には水素原子が好ましく、反応残留量を低減することを重視する場合にはメチル基が好ましい。 In the general formula (V1), X 7 and X 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. However, when importance is attached to the reaction rate, a hydrogen atom is preferable, and importance is placed on reducing the residual amount of the reaction. In this case, a methyl group is preferred.
 上記一般式(V1)において、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-X-(CH-(式中、rは2~7の整数を表し、XはO、OCOO、又はCOOを表し、XはU中に存在する芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表すが、炭素鎖があまり長くないことが好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、単結合又は炭素原子数1~3のアルキレン基がより好ましい。また、Sp及びSpが-X-(CH-を表す場合も、rは1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、Sp及びSpの少なくとも一方が、単結合であることがより好ましく、いずれも単結合であることが特に好ましい。 In the general formula (V1), Sp 1 and Sp 2 are each independently a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) r — (wherein r is 2 to 7). X represents O, OCOO, or COO, and X is bonded to an aromatic ring present in U.), but the carbon chain is preferably not so long, and a single bond or An alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable. Also, when Sp 1 and Sp 2 represent —X— (CH 2 ) s —, r is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, and at least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 is a single bond. More preferably, it is particularly preferable that both are single bonds.
 上記一般式(V1)において、kは0~5の整数を表すが、液晶組成物層中の液晶分子の配向方向の制御性を重視する場合には、kは1~5の整数を表すことが好ましく、kは1~3の整数を表すことがより好ましく、kは1を表すことがさらに好ましい。 In the general formula (V1), k represents an integer of 0 to 5. However, when emphasizing controllability of the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer, k represents an integer of 1 to 5. More preferably, k represents an integer of 1 to 3, and k represents more preferably 1.
 上記一般式(V1)において、Uは炭素原子数2~20の直鎖もしくは分岐多価アルキレン基炭素原子数3~20の直鎖もしくは分岐多価アルケニレン基又は炭素原子数5~30の多価環状置換基を表すが、多価アルキレン基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で-O-、-CO-、-CF-により置換されていてもよく、炭素原子数5~20のアルキル基(基中のアルキレン基は酸素原子が隣接しない範囲で酸素原子により置換されていてもよい。)、又は環状置換基により置換されていてもよく、2つ以上の環状置換基により置換されていることが好ましい。Uは具体的には、以下の式(V1a-1)から式(V1a-6)を表すことが好ましく、式(V1a-1)、式(V1a-2)、式(V1a-6)を表すことがより好ましく、式(V1a-1)を表すことが特に好ましい。 In the above general formula (V1), U is a linear or branched polyvalent alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a linear or branched polyvalent alkenylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a polyvalent having 5 to 30 carbon atoms. Represents a cyclic substituent, and the alkylene group in the polyvalent alkylene group may be substituted with —O—, —CO—, —CF 2 — in the range in which the oxygen atom is not adjacent, and has 5 to 20 carbon atoms. An alkyl group (the alkylene group in the group may be substituted with an oxygen atom within the range where the oxygen atom is not adjacent), or may be substituted with a cyclic substituent, and may be substituted with two or more cyclic substituents; It is preferable. Specifically, U preferably represents the following formula (V1a-1) to formula (V1a-6), and represents formula (V1a-1), formula (V1a-2), or formula (V1a-6). It is more preferable that the formula (V1a-1) is represented.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(式中、両端はSp又はSpに結合するものとし(上記はk=1の場合)、kが2~5の整数である場合、連結基数は対応して増加する。Z、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立して、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-又は単結合を表し、式中の全ての芳香環は、任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい。)
 上記Uにおいて、Z、Z及びZはそれぞれ独立して、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-又は単結合がより好ましく、単結合が特に好ましい。
(In the formula, both ends are bound to Sp 1 or Sp 2 (when k = 1), and when k is an integer of 2 to 5, the number of linking groups increases correspondingly. Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH═CH—COO—, —CH═CH—OCO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCO—CH═CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 —OCO— or Represents a single bond, and all aromatic rings in the formula are replaced with any hydrogen atom by a fluorine atom. May be.)
In the above U, Z 1 , Z 2 and Z 3 are each independently —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond is preferable, —COO—, —OCO— or a single bond is more preferable, and a single bond is particularly preferable.
 Uが上記環構造を有する場合、前記Sp及びSpは少なくとも一方が単結合を表すことが好ましく、両方共に単結合であることも好ましい。 When U has the ring structure, at least one of Sp 1 and Sp 2 preferably represents a single bond, and it is also preferable that both are single bonds.
 上記一般式(V1)で表される化合物は、以下の一般式(V1b)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (V1) is preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (V1b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(式中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp1b及びSp2bはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは2~7の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Zは-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-CY=CY-(YおよびYはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、フッ素原子を表す。)、-C≡C-又は単結合を表し、C環は1,4-フェニレン基、トランス-1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は単結合を表し、式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい。)
 上記一般式(V1b)において、X及びXは、はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表すが、いずれも水素原子を表すジアクリレート誘導体、又はいずれもメチル基を有するジメタクリレート誘導体が好ましく、一方が水素原子を表し、もう一方がメチル基を表す化合物も好ましい。これらの化合物の重合速度は、ジアクリレート誘導体が最も早く、ジメタクリレート誘導体が遅く、非対称化合物がその中間であり、その用途により好ましい態様を用いることができる。
(Wherein X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1b and Sp 2b each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s represents an integer of 2 to 7 and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring), Z 4 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH═CH—COO—, —CH═CH—OCO—, — COO-CH = CH -, - OCO-CH = CH -, - COO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -COO -, - CH 2 CH 2 -OCO- , -COO-CH 2 -, - OCO-CH 2 -, - CH 2 -COO -, - H 2 -OCO -, - CY 1 = CY 2 - (Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom.), - C≡C- or a single bond, C ring 1 Represents a 1,4-phenylene group, a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a single bond, and all of the 1,4-phenylene groups in the formula may have an arbitrary hydrogen atom substituted with a fluorine atom.)
In the general formula (V1b), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, both of which are diacrylate derivatives each representing a hydrogen atom, or both of which are methyl methacrylate groups. A compound in which one represents a hydrogen atom and the other represents a methyl group is also preferable. The polymerization rate of these compounds is the fastest for diacrylate derivatives, slow for dimethacrylate derivatives, and intermediate for asymmetric compounds, and a preferred embodiment can be used depending on the application.
 上記一般式(V1b)において、Sp1b及びSp2bはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH)s-を表すが、少なくとも一方が単結合であることが好ましく、共に単結合を表す化合物又は一方が単結合でもう一方が炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH)s-を表す態様が好ましい。この場合、炭素原子数1~4のアルキレン基が好ましく、sは1~4が好ましい。 In the general formula (V1b), Sp 1b and Sp 2b each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —O— (CH 2 ) s—, at least one of which is a single bond A compound in which both represent a single bond or one in which one represents a single bond and the other represents an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or —O— (CH 2 ) s— is preferable. In this case, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and s is preferably 1 to 4.
 上記一般式(V1b)において、Zは、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-CY=CY-、-C≡C-又は単結合を表すが、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-又は単結合がより好ましく、単結合が特に好ましい。
C環が単結合以外の環構造を表す場合、Zは単結合以外の連結基も好ましく、C環が単結合の場合、Zは単結合が好ましい。
In the above general formula (V1b), Z 4 represents —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH═CH—COO—, —CH═CH—OCO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCO—CH═CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO— CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, —CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 —OCO —, —CY 1 ═CY 2 —, —C≡C— or a single bond, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 — or a single bond is preferred, and —CO O—, —OCO— or a single bond is more preferred, and a single bond is particularly preferred.
When C ring represents a ring structure other than a single bond, Z 4 is preferably a linking group other than a single bond. When C ring is a single bond, Z 4 is preferably a single bond.
 以上より、上記一般式(V1b)において、C環が単結合を表し、環構造が二つの環で形成される場合が好ましく、環構造を有する重合性化合物としては、具体的には以下の一般式(V1b-1)から(V1b-6)で表される化合物が好ましく、一般式(V1b-1)から(V1b-4)で表される化合物が特に好ましく、一般式(V1b-2)で表される化合物が最も好ましい。 As described above, in the general formula (V1b), it is preferable that the C ring represents a single bond and the ring structure is formed of two rings. Specific examples of the polymerizable compound having a ring structure include Compounds represented by formulas (V1b-1) to (V1b-6) are preferred, compounds represented by general formulas (V1b-1) to (V1b-4) are particularly preferred, and compounds represented by general formula (V1b-2) The compounds represented are most preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 (Sp1b及びSp2bは、それぞれ、一般式(V1b)に記載されたSp及びSpと同じ意味を表す。)
 上記一般式(V1)で表される化合物は、具体的には、以下の一般式(V1c)で表される化合物も好ましい。
(Sp 1b and Sp 2b represent the same meanings as Sp 1 and Sp 2 described in the general formula (V1b), respectively.)
Specifically, the compound represented by the general formula (V1) is also preferably a compound represented by the following general formula (V1c).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(式中、X、X及びXはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp1c、Sp2c及びSp3cはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-O-(CH-(式中、sは2~7の整数を表し、酸素原子は芳香環に結合するものとする。)を表し、Z11は、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CFO-、-OCF-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-、-CH=CH-COO-、-CH=CH-OCO-、-COO-CH=CH-、-OCO-CH=CH-、-COO-CHCH-、-OCO-CHCH-、-CHCH-COO-、-CHCH-OCO-、-COO-CH-、-OCO-CH-、-CH-COO-、-CH-OCO-、-CY=CY-、-C≡C-又は単結合を表し、J環は1,4-フェニレン基、又は単結合を表し、式中の全ての1,4-フェニレン基は、任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい。)
 垂直配向膜表面に重合体層を形成させるために用いる一般式(I)で表される化合物の液晶組成物中における含有量の合計は、0~1質量%であることが好ましく、0.03~0.8質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~0.6質量%であることがより好ましい。
(In the formula, X 1 , X 2 and X 3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 1c , Sp 2c and Sp 3c each independently represent a single bond having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Represents an alkylene group or —O— (CH 2 ) s — (wherein s represents an integer of 2 to 7 and an oxygen atom is bonded to an aromatic ring), and Z 11 represents —OCH 2 —. , —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CF 2 O—, —OCF 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —CH═CH—COO—, —CH ═CH—OCO—, —COO—CH═CH—, —OCO—CH═CH—, —COO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —COO—, — CH 2 CH 2 —OCO—, —COO—CH 2 —, —OCO—CH 2 —, — CH 2 —COO—, —CH 2 —OCO—, —CY 1 ═CY 2 —, —C≡C— or a single bond, and the J ring represents a 1,4-phenylene group or a single bond, In any of the 1,4-phenylene groups, any hydrogen atom may be replaced by a fluorine atom.)
The total content of the compounds represented by the general formula (I) used for forming the polymer layer on the surface of the vertical alignment film in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0 to 1% by mass, The content is preferably 0.8 to 0.8% by mass, and more preferably 0.05 to 0.6% by mass.
 また、垂直配向膜表面に重合体層を形成させるために用いる一般式(V1)で表される重合性化合物の液晶組成物中における含有量の合計は、0~1質量%であることが好ましく、0.03~0.8質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~0.6質量%であることがより好ましい。 In addition, the total content of the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (V1) used for forming the polymer layer on the surface of the vertical alignment film in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0 to 1% by mass. 0.03-0.8% by mass is preferable, and 0.05-0.6% by mass is more preferable.
 垂直配向膜表面に重合体層を形成させるために用いる重合性化合物全体の液晶組成物中における含有量の合計は、0~1質量%であることが好ましく、0.03~0.8質量%であることが好ましく、0.05~0.6質量%であることがより好ましい。
(液晶組成物)
 本発明における液晶組成物には、一般式(N-1)、一般式(N-2)、及び一般式(N-3)で表される化合物を1種または2種以上含有する。
The total content of the polymerizable compounds used for forming the polymer layer on the surface of the vertical alignment film in the liquid crystal composition is preferably 0 to 1% by mass, and 0.03 to 0.8% by mass. Preferably, the content is 0.05 to 0.6% by mass.
(Liquid crystal composition)
The liquid crystal composition in the present invention contains one or more compounds represented by general formula (N-1), general formula (N-2), and general formula (N-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 式中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31及びAN32はそれぞれ独立して
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31及びZN32はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 XN21は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
 TN31は-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、
 nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31及びnN32はそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、AN11~AN32、ZN11~ZN32が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。
In the formula, R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two non-adjacent groups in the alkyl group The above —CH 2 — may be independently substituted with —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent to each other in this group). And two or more —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—) and (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or not adjacent 2 More than one -CH = may be replaced by -N =.)
(C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—. , —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—,
XN21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom,
n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different.
 一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)で表される化合物は、Δεが負でその絶対値が3よりも大きな化合物であることが好ましい。 The compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3) are preferably compounds having a negative Δε and an absolute value larger than 3.
 一般式(N-1)、(N-2)及び(N-3)中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~8のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~8のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数2~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~3のアルケニル基が更に好ましく、炭素原子数3のアルケニル基(プロペニル基)が特に好ましい。 In the general formulas (N-1), (N-2) and (N-3), R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represent 1 to 8 carbon atoms. An alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, An alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. More preferably, an alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkenyl group having 3 carbon atoms (propenyl group) is particularly preferable.
 また、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 Further, when the ring structure to which it is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic), a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and carbon An alkenyl group having 4 to 5 atoms is preferable, and when the ring structure to which the alkenyl group is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a straight chain A straight-chain alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and a straight-chain alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)から式(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。(各式中の黒点は環構造中の炭素原子を表す。) The alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31及びAN32はそれぞれ独立してΔnを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましく、トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、2,3-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、下記の構造を表すことがより好ましく、 A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase Δn independently, and in order to improve the response speed, fat Preferably a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5 -Difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 2,3-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1 , 4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group Preferred, it is more preferable that represents the following structures,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すことがより好ましい。 More preferably, it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
 ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31及びZN32はそれぞれ独立して-CHO-、-CFO-、-CHCH-、-CFCF-又は単結合を表すことが好ましく、-CHO-、-CHCH-又は単結合が更に好ましく、-CHO-又は単結合が特に好ましい。 Z N11, Z N12, Z N21 , Z N22, Z N31 and Z N32 -CH 2 each independently O -, - CF 2 O - , - CH 2 CH 2 -, - CF 2 CF 2 - or a single bond preferably represents an, -CH 2 O -, - CH 2 CH 2 - or a single bond is more preferable, -CH 2 O-or a single bond is particularly preferred.
 XN21はフッ素原子が好ましい。 XN21 is preferably a fluorine atom.
 TN31は酸素原子が好ましい。 T N31 is preferably an oxygen atom.
 nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32は1又は2が好ましく、nN11が1でありnN12が0である組み合わせ、nN11が2でありnN12が0である組み合わせ、nN11が1でありnN12が1である組み合わせ、nN11が2でありnN12が1である組み合わせ、nN21が1でありnN22が0である組み合わせ、nN21が2でありnN22が0である組み合わせ、nN31が1でありnN32が0である組み合わせ、nN31が2でありnN32が0である組み合わせ、が好ましい。 n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22 and n N31 + n N32 are preferably 1 or 2, a combination in which n N11 is 1 and n N12 is 0, a combination in which n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 0, n A combination in which N11 is 1 and n N12 is 1, a combination in which n N11 is 2 and n N12 is 1, a combination in which n N21 is 1 and n N22 is 0, n N21 is 2 and n N22 is n A combination in which n N31 is 1 and n N32 is 0, and a combination in which n N31 is 2 and n N32 is 0 are preferable.
 本発明の組成物の総量(液晶組成物中に含まれる液晶化合物の総量。以下同じ。)に対しての一般式(N-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、20%であり、30%であり、40%であり、50%であり、55%であり、60%であり、65%であり、70%であり、75%であり、80%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95%であり、85%であり、75%であり、65%であり、55%であり、45%であり、35%であり、25%であり、20%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (N-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention (the total amount of liquid crystal compounds contained in the liquid crystal composition; the same shall apply hereinafter) is 1 Mass% (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 55%, and 60%. 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%. The upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(N-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、20%であり、30%であり、40%であり、50%であり、55%であり、60%であり、65%であり、70%であり、75%であり、80%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95%であり、85%であり、75%であり、65%であり、55%であり、45%であり、35%であり、25%であり、20%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (N-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). %, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80% %. The upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての一般式(N-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、20%であり、30%であり、40%であり、50%であり、55%であり、60%であり、65%であり、70%であり、75%であり、80%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95%であり、85%であり、75%であり、65%であり、55%であり、45%であり、35%であり、25%であり、20%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the general formula (N-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). %, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80% %. The upper limit of the preferred content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, 25%, 20% It is.
 本発明の組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。さらに、本発明の組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the composition of the present invention is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, the above lower limit value is preferably low and the upper limit value is preferably low. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention keeps Tni high and a composition having good temperature stability is required, the above lower limit value is preferably low and the upper limit value is preferably low. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is increased and the upper limit value is high.
 一般式(N-1)で表される化合物は一般式(N-1-1)~(N-1-21)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (N-1-1) to (N-1-21).
 一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(式中、RN111及びRN112はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN111は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、プロピル基又はペンチル基が好ましい。RN112は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N111 and R N112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
R N111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably a propyl group or a pentyl group. RN112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group or a butoxy group.
  一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Setting to a small value is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、50%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%であり、3%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-1) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% %, 5%, 3%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-1)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-1.1)から式(N-1-1.14)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-1.1)及び式(N-1-1.3)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-1.1) to the formula (N-1-1.14). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4), and the formula (N-1-1.1) and the formula (N The compound represented by -1-1.3) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 式(N-1-1.1)~(N-1-1.4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、50%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%であり、3%である。 The compounds represented by the formulas (N-1-1.1) to (N-1-1.4) can be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, and 35%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% %, 5%, 3%.
 一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(式中、RN121及びRN122はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN121は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基又はペンチル基が好ましい。RN122は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基又はプロポキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N121 and R N122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
RN121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group. RN122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and includes a methyl group, a propyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or a propoxy group. preferable.
  一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When emphasizing the solubility at low temperature, it is more effective to set the content lower. When emphasizing T NI , the content is preferable. Setting a large number of is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、7%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%であり、37%であり、40%であり、42%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、50%であり、48%であり、45%であり、43%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 37%, 40%, 42%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 48%, 45%, 43%, 40%, 38%, and 35% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10% %, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-2)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-2.1)から式(N-1-2.13)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-2.3)から式(N-1-2.7)、式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)及び式(N-1-2.13)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、Δεの改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.3)から式(N-1-2.7)で表される化合物が好ましく、TNIの改良を重視する場合には式(N-1-2.10)、式(N-1-2.11)及び式(N-1-2.13)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-2.1) to the formula (N-1-2.13). Preferably, the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7), the formula (N-1-2.10), the formula (N-1-2.11) and the formula The compound represented by (N-1-2.13) is preferable, and when importance is placed on the improvement of Δε, the formula (N-1-2.3) to the formula (N-1-2.7) in the compounds represented, when emphasizing improvements in T NI formula (N-1-2.10), formula (N-1-2.11) and formula (N-1-2.13) It is preferable that it is a compound represented by these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 式(N-1-2.1)から式(N-1-2.13)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、50%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%であり、3%である。 The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-2.1) to the formula (N-1-2.13) can be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, and 15%. 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, and 35%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 50%, 40%, 38%, 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, 6% %, 5%, 3%.
 一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
(式中、RN131及びRN132はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN131は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN132は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N131 and R N132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
R N131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-3.1)から式(N-1-3.11)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-3.1)~(N-1-3.7)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-3.1)、式(N-1-3.2)、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)及び式(N-1-3.6)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-3.1) to the formula (N-1-3.11). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-3.1) to (N-1-3.7), and the formula (N-1-3.1) and the formula (N -1-3.2), formula (N-1-3.3), formula (N-1-3.4) and compounds represented by formula (N-1-3.6) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 式(N-1-3.1)~式(N-1-3.4)及び式(N-1-3.6)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、式(N-1-3.1)及び式(N-1-3.2)の組み合わせ、式(N-1-3.3)、式(N-1-3.4)及び式(N-1-3.6)から選ばれる2種又は3種の組み合わせが好ましい。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-3.1) to formula (N-1-3.4) and formula (N-1-3.6) may be used alone or in combination. Is possible, but the combination of formula (N-1-3.1) and formula (N-1-3.2), formula (N-1-3.3), formula (N-1-3.4) ) And a combination of two or three selected from formula (N-1-3.6) are preferred. The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, and 13%. 15%, 17%, and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(式中、RN141及びRN142はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN141及びRN142はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、メチル基、プロピル基、エトキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(Wherein, R N141 and R N142 each independently represents the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in the general formula (N-1).)
R N141 and R N142 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms carbon atoms 4-5 preferably a methyl group, a propyl group, an ethoxy Group or butoxy group is preferred.
 一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Setting to a small value is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、11%であり、10%であり、8%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 11%, 10%, and 8%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-4)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-4.1)から式(N-1-4.14)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-4.1)及び式(N-1-4.2)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-4) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-4.1) to the formula (N-1-4.14). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.4), and the formula (N-1-4.1) and the formula (N The compound represented by -1-4.2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 式(N-1-4.1)~(N-1-4.4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、11%であり、10%であり、8%である。 The compounds represented by formulas (N-1-4.1) to (N-1-4.4) can be used singly or in combination, but the compounds of the present invention The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 3% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, 13%, 11%, 10%, and 8%.
 一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
(式中、RN151及びRN152はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN151及びRN152はそれぞれ独立して、炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましくエチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N151 and R N152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).)
R N151 and R N152 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group. Is preferred.
 一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing the improvement of Δε, it is preferable to set the content higher. When emphasizing the solubility at low temperature, it is more effective to set the content lower. When emphasizing T NI , the content is preferable. Setting a large number of is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 33%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, and 20% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 18%, 15% and 13%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-5)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-5.1)から式(N-1-5.6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-3.2及び式(N-1-3.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-5) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-5.1) to the formula (N-1-5.6). The compound represented by the formula (N-1-3.2 and the formula (N-1-3.4) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 式(N-1-3.2及び式(N-1-3.4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、8%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The compounds represented by formula (N-1-3.2) and formula (N-1-3.4) can be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 8%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, and 20% The upper limit of the preferred content is 35%, 33%, 30%, and 28% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
 一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
(式中、RN1101及びRN1102はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1101は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1102は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1101 and R N1102 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).)
R N1101 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1102 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-10)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-10) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-10)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-10.1)から式(N-1-10.11)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-10.1)~(N-1-10.5)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-10.1)及び式(N-1-10.2)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-10) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) to the formula (N-1-10.11). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-10.1) to (N-1-10.5), and the formula (N-1-10.1) and the formula (N The compound represented by (1-10.2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 式(N-1-10.1)及び式(N-1-10.2)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-10.1) and the formula (N-1-10.2) can be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, and 15%. 17% and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
(式中、RN1111及びRN1112はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1111は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1112は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1111 and R N1112 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).)
R N1111 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1112 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-11)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-11) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 さらに、一般式(N-1-11)で表される化合物は、式(N-1-11.1)から式(N-1-11.15)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-11.1)~(N-1-11.15)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(N-1-11.2及び式(N-1-11.4)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (N-1-11) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.1) to the formula (N-1-11.15). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formulas (N-1-11.1) to (N-1-11.15), and is preferably a compound represented by the formula (N-1-11.2) or the formula (N-- The compound represented by 1-11.4) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 式(N-1-11.2及び式(N-1-11.4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することも、組み合わせて使用することも可能であるが、本発明の組成物の総量に対しての単独又はこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The compounds represented by the formula (N-1-11.2 and the formula (N-1-11.4) can be used alone or in combination. The lower limit of the preferred content of these compounds alone or with respect to the total amount is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, and 23% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
 一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
(式中、RN1121及びRN1122はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1121は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1122は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N1121 and R N1122 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
RN1121 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. RN1122 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-12)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-12) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-12)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-12) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
(式中、RN1131及びRN1132はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1131は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1132は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N1131 and R N1132 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
R N1131 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1132 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-13)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-13) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-13)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-13) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
(式中、RN1141及びRN1142はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1141は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1142は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N1141 and R N1142 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
R N1141 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1142 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-14)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-14) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-14)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-14) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-15)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
(式中、RN1151及びRN1152はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1151は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1152は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N1151 and R N1152 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
RN1151 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1152 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-15)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-15) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-15)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-15) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-16)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
(式中、RN1161及びRN1162はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1161は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1162は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1161 and R N1162 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).)
R N1161 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1162 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-16)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-16) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-16)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-16) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-17)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
(式中、RN1171及びRN1172はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1171は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1172は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N1171 and R N1172 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
RN1171 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1172 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-17)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-17) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-17)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-17) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
(式中、RN1181及びRN1182はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 RN1181は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、エチル基、プロピル基又はブチル基が好ましい。RN1182は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基又はブトキシ基が好ましい。
( Wherein , R N1181 and R N1182 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in General Formula (N)).
RN1181 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group. R N1182 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and preferably an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, or a butoxy group.
 一般式(N-1-18)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-18) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 Δεの改善を重視する場合には含有量を高めに設定することが好ましく、低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、TNIを重視する場合は含有量をおおめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 It is preferable to set a higher content in the case of emphasizing improved [Delta] [epsilon], to emphasize the solubility at low temperature highly effective when larger amount to set the content, when importance is attached to T NI content Highly effective when set to. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(N-1-18)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、5質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、35%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (N-1-18) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 5% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 35%, 30%, 28%, 25%, 23%, 20%, and 18% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 15%, and 13%.
 一般式(N-1-20)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-20) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
(式中、RN1201及びRN1202はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 一般式(N-1-21)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
(In the formula, R N1201 and R N1202 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N)).
The compound represented by the general formula (N-1-21) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
(式中、RN1211及びRN1212はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 一般式(N-2)で表される化合物は一般式(N-2-1)~(N-2-3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。
(In the formula, R N1211 and R N1212 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).)
The compound represented by the general formula (N-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (N-2-1) to (N-2-3).
 一般式(N-2-1)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-2-1) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
(式中、RN211及びRN212はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-2)におけるRN21及びRN22と同じ意味を表す。)
 一般式(N-2-2)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
(Wherein, R N211 and R N212 each independently represents the same meaning as R N21 and R N22 in the general formula (N-2).)
The compound represented by the general formula (N-2-2) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
(式中、RN221及びRN222はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-2)におけるRN21及びRN22と同じ意味を表す。)
 一般式(N-2-3)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
(Wherein, R N221 and R N222 each independently represents the same meaning as R N21 and R N22 in the general formula (N-2).)
The compound represented by the general formula (N-2-3) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
(式中、RN231及びRN232はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-3)におけるRN31及びRN32と同じ意味を表す。)
 一般式(N-3)で表される化合物は一般式(N-3-1)~(N-3-2)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。
(Wherein, R N231 and R N232 each independently represents the same meaning as R N31 and R N32 in the general formula (N-3).)
The compound represented by the general formula (N-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (N-3-1) to (N-3-2).
 一般式(N-3-1)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (N-3-1) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
(式中、RN311及びRN312はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 一般式(N-3-2)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。
(In the formula, R N311 and R N312 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1)).
The compound represented by the general formula (N-3-2) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
(式中、RN321及びRN322はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(N-1)におけるRN11及びRN12と同じ意味を表す。)
 本発明の組成物の総量(液晶組成物中に含まれる液晶化合物の総量。)に対しての一般式(N-1)、一般式(N-2)、及び一般式(N-3)で表される化合物の含有量の総量は10~90質量%であることが好ましく、20~80質量%が更に好ましく、20~70質量%が更に好ましく、20~60質量%が更に好ましく、20~55質量%が更に好ましく、25~55質量%が更に好ましく、30~55質量%が特に好ましい。
(In the formula, R N321 and R N322 each independently represent the same meaning as R N11 and R N12 in formula (N-1).)
In general formula (N-1), general formula (N-2), and general formula (N-3) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention (total amount of liquid crystal compounds contained in the liquid crystal composition) The total content of the compounds represented is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, further preferably 20 to 70% by mass, further preferably 20 to 60% by mass, 55 mass% is more preferable, 25 to 55 mass% is further preferable, and 30 to 55 mass% is particularly preferable.
 より具体的には、一般式(N-1)、一般式(N-2)、及び一般式(N-3)で表される化合物の含有量の総量は、組成物中に下限値として、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)以上含有することが好ましく、5%以上含有することが好ましく、10%以上含有することが好ましく、13%以上含有することが好ましく、15%以上含有することが好ましく、18%以上含有することが好ましく、20%以上含有することが好ましく、23%以上含有することが好ましく、25%以上含有することが好ましく、28%以上含有することが好ましく、30%以上含有することが好ましく、33%以上含有することが好ましく、35%以上含有することが好ましく、38%以上含有することが好ましく、40%以上含有することが好ましい。また、上限値として、95%以下含有することが好ましく、90%以下含有することが好ましく、88%以下含有することが好ましく、85%以下含有することが好ましく、83%以下含有することが好ましく、80%以下含有することが好ましく、78%以下含有することが好ましく、75%以下含有することが好ましく、73%以下含有することが好ましく、70%以下含有することが好ましく、68%以下含有することが好ましく、65%以下含有することが好ましく、63%以下含有することが好ましく、60%以下含有することが好ましく、55%以下含有することが好ましく、50%以下含有することが好ましく、40%以下含有することが好ましい。 More specifically, the total amount of the compounds represented by the general formula (N-1), the general formula (N-2), and the general formula (N-3) is set as a lower limit in the composition. It is preferably contained in an amount of 1% by mass (hereinafter referred to simply as%), preferably 5% or more, preferably 10% or more, preferably 13% or more, 15% It is preferably contained, preferably contained 18% or more, preferably contained 20% or more, preferably contained 23% or more, preferably contained 25% or more, and contained 28% or more. Preferably, it contains 30% or more, preferably contains 33% or more, preferably contains 35% or more, preferably contains 38% or more, and preferably contains 40% or more. There. Further, the upper limit value is preferably 95% or less, preferably 90% or less, preferably 88% or less, preferably 85% or less, and preferably 83% or less. 80% or less, preferably 78% or less, preferably 75% or less, preferably 73% or less, preferably 70% or less, preferably 68% or less Preferably 65% or less, preferably 63% or less, preferably 60% or less, preferably 55% or less, preferably 50% or less, It is preferable to contain 40% or less.
 本発明における液晶組成物は、一般式(L)で表される化合物を1種類又は2種類以上含有することが好ましい。一般式(L)で表される化合物は誘電的にほぼ中性の化合物(Δεの値が-2~2)に該当する。 The liquid crystal composition in the present invention preferably contains one or more compounds represented by the general formula (L). The compound represented by the general formula (L) corresponds to a dielectrically neutral compound (Δε value is −2 to 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
(式中、RL1及びRL2はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
 nL1は0、1、2又は3を表し、
 AL1、AL2及びAL3はそれぞれ独立して
(a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
(b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
(c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
 ZL1及びZL2はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
 nL1が2又は3であってAL2が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良く、nL1が2又は3であってZL3が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良いが、一般式(N-1)、一般式(N-2)及び一般式(N-3)で表される化合物を除く。)
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は単独で用いてもよいが、組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの所望の性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類である。あるいは本発明の別の実施形態では2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類であり、6種類であり、7種類であり、8種類であり、9種類であり、10種類以上である。
(Wherein R L1 and R L2 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or two or more non-adjacent —CH 2 — in the alkyl group are each independently Optionally substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
n L1 represents 0, 1, 2 or 3,
A L1 , A L2 and A L3 each independently represent (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — present in the group or two or more —CH 2 — not adjacent to each other). May be replaced by —O—) and (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or two or more —CH═ not adjacent to each other —N May be replaced by =.)
(C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
Z L1 and Z L2 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—, —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 -, -CF 2 O-, -CH = NN-CH-, -CH = CH-, -CF = CF- or -C≡C-
When n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of A L2 are present, they may be the same or different, and when n L1 is 2 or 3, and a plurality of Z L3 are present, May be the same or different, but excludes compounds represented by general formula (N-1), general formula (N-2) and general formula (N-3). )
Although the compound represented by general formula (L) may be used independently, it can also be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to desired properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention. Alternatively, in another embodiment of the present invention, there are two types, three types, four types, five types, six types, seven types, eight types, nine types, 10 types, More than types.
 本発明の組成物において、一般式(L)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L) is low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, image sticking, It is necessary to appropriately adjust according to required performance such as dielectric anisotropy.
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、10%であり、20%であり、30%であり、40%であり、50%であり、55%であり、60%であり、65%であり、70%であり、75%であり、80%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、95%であり、85%であり、75%であり、65%であり、55%であり、45%であり、35%であり、25%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), which is 10%. Yes, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80% is there. The upper limit of the preferable content is 95%, 85%, 75%, 65%, 55%, 45%, 35%, and 25%.
 本発明の組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、本発明の組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値を低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the composition of the present invention is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention maintains a high Tni and requires a composition having good temperature stability, the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Further, when it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the above lower limit value is lowered and the upper limit value is low.
 信頼性を重視する場合にはRL1及びRL2はともにアルキル基であることが好ましく、化合物の揮発性を低減させることを重視する場合にはアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、粘性の低下を重視する場合には少なくとも一方はアルケニル基であることが好ましい。 When importance is attached to reliability, R L1 and R L2 are preferably both alkyl groups, and when importance is placed on reducing the volatility of the compound, it is preferably an alkoxy group, and importance is placed on viscosity reduction. In this case, at least one is preferably an alkenyl group.
 RL1及びRL2は、それが結合する環構造がフェニル基(芳香族)である場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、それが結合する環構造がシクロヘキサン、ピラン及びジオキサンなどの飽和した環構造の場合には、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。ネマチック相を安定化させるためには炭素原子及び存在する場合酸素原子の合計が5以下であることが好ましく、直鎖状であることが好ましい。 R L1 and R L2 are each a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms when the ring structure to which R L1 is bonded is a phenyl group (aromatic). When the ring structure to which it is bonded is a saturated ring structure such as cyclohexane, pyran and dioxane, a straight-chain C 1-5 carbon atom is preferred. Alkyl groups, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and linear alkenyl groups having 2 to 5 carbon atoms are preferred. In order to stabilize the nematic phase, the total of carbon atoms and oxygen atoms, if present, is preferably 5 or less, and is preferably linear.
 アルケニル基としては、式(R1)から式(R5)のいずれかで表される基から選ばれることが好ましい。(各式中の黒点は環構造中の炭素原子を表す。) The alkenyl group is preferably selected from groups represented by any of the formulas (R1) to (R5). (The black dots in each formula represent carbon atoms in the ring structure.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 nL1は応答速度を重視する場合には0が好ましく、ネマチック相の上限温度を改善するためには2又は3が好ましく、これらのバランスをとるためには1が好ましい。また、組成物として求められる特性を満たすためには異なる値の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。 n L1 is preferably 0 when importance is attached to the response speed, 2 or 3 is preferred for improving the upper limit temperature of the nematic phase, and 1 is preferred for balancing these. In order to satisfy the properties required for the composition, it is preferable to combine compounds having different values.
 AL1、AL2及びAL3はΔnを大きくすることが求められる場合には芳香族であることが好ましく、応答速度を改善するためには脂肪族であることが好ましく、それぞれ独立してトランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基、1,4-フェニレン基、2-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3-フルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、3,5-ジフルオロ-1,4-フェニレン基、1,4-シクロヘキセニレン基、1,4-ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクチレン基、ピペリジン-1,4-ジイル基、ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、デカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基を表すことが好ましく、下記の構造を表すことがより好ましく、 A L1 , A L2, and A L3 are preferably aromatic when it is required to increase Δn, and are preferably aliphatic for improving the response speed, and are each independently trans- 1,4-cyclohexylene group, 1,4-phenylene group, 2-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3-fluoro-1,4-phenylene group, 3,5-difluoro-1,4-phenylene group 1,4-cyclohexenylene group, 1,4-bicyclo [2.2.2] octylene group, piperidine-1,4-diyl group, naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, decahydronaphthalene-2,6 -It preferably represents a diyl group or a 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group, and more preferably represents the following structure:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
トランス-1,4-シクロへキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基を表すことがより好ましい。 More preferably, it represents a trans-1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group.
 ZL1及びZL2は応答速度を重視する場合には単結合であることが好ましい。 Z L1 and Z L2 are preferably single bonds when the response speed is important.
 一般式(L)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1)~(L-7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1) to (L-7).
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
(式中、RL11及びRL12はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL11及びRL12は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L11 and R L12 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).)
R L11 and R L12 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 好ましい含有量の下限値は、本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対して、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、15%であり、20%であり、25%であり、30%であり、35%であり、40%であり、45%であり、50%であり、55%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、95%であり、90%であり、85%であり、80%であり、75%であり、70%であり、65%であり、60%であり、55%であり、50%であり、45%であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、25%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 2%, 3%, and 5% with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention. Yes, 7%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50% Yes, 55%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 95%, 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, based on the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%.
 本発明の組成物の粘度を低く保ち、応答速度が速い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が高く上限値が高いことが好ましい。さらに、本発明の組成物のTniを高く保ち、温度安定性の良い組成物が必要な場合は上記の下限値が中庸で上限値が中庸であることが好ましい。また、駆動電圧を低く保つために誘電率異方性を大きくしたいときは、上記の下限値が低く上限値が低いことが好ましい。 When the viscosity of the composition of the present invention is kept low and a composition having a high response speed is required, the above lower limit value is preferably high and the upper limit value is preferably high. Furthermore, when the composition of the present invention requires a high Tni and a composition having good temperature stability, it is preferable that the lower limit value is moderate and the upper limit value is moderate. When it is desired to increase the dielectric anisotropy in order to keep the driving voltage low, it is preferable that the lower limit value is low and the upper limit value is low.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
(式中RL12は一般式(L-1)における意味と同じ意味を表す。)
 一般式(L-1-1)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-1.1)から式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-1.2)又は式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
(Wherein R L12 represents the same meaning as in general formula (L-1).)
The compound represented by the general formula (L-1-1) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-1.1) to the formula (L-1-1.3). And is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-1-1.2) or formula (L-1-1.3), and particularly represented by formula (L-1-1.3). It is preferable that it is a compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%であり、3%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, the mass% is simply expressed as%). 2% 3% 5% 7% 10% The upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
(式中RL12は一般式(L-1)における意味と同じ意味を表す。)
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、5%であり、10%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、35%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、60%であり、55%であり、50%であり、45%であり、42%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%である。
(Wherein R L12 represents the same meaning as in general formula (L-1).)
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). 5%, 10%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 35% . The upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 42%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 33%, and 30%.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-2)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-2.1)から式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-2.2)から式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。特に、式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物は本発明の組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(L-1-2.3)又は式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。式(L-1-2.3)及び式(L-1-2.4)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解度を良くするために30質量%以上にすることは好ましくない。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-2) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-2.1) to the formula (L-1-2.4). Preferably, it is a compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) to the formula (L-1-2.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) is preferable because the response speed of the composition of the present invention is particularly improved. When obtaining Tni higher than the response speed, it is preferable to use a compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.3) or the formula (L-1-2.4). The content of the compounds represented by formula (L-1-2.3) and formula (L-1-2.4) is not preferably 30% by mass or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、10質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%であり、38%であり、40%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、60%であり、55%であり、50%であり、45%であり、43%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、32%であり、30%であり、27%であり、25%であり、22%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 10% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). 15%, 18%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, 38% And 40%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, and 22%.
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-1.3)で表される化合物及び式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物の合計の好ましい含有量の下限値は、10質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、15%であり、20%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、35%であり、40%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、60%であり、55%であり、50%であり、45%であり、43%であり、40%であり、38%であり、35%であり、32%であり、30%であり、27%であり、25%であり、22%である。 The preferred total content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-1.3) and the compound represented by the formula (L-1-2.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention The lower limit is 10% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 15%, 20%, 25%, 27%, 30%, and 35%. 40%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 43%, 40%, and 38% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 35%, 32%, 30%, 27%, 25%, and 22%.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
(式中RL13及びRL14はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基を表す。)
 RL13及びRL14は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。
(Wherein R L13 and R L14 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
R L13 and R L14 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、30%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、60%であり、55%であり、50%であり、45%であり、40%であり、37%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、27%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、17%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%である。
さらに、一般式(L-1-3)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-3.1)から式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)又は式(L-1-3.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。特に、式(L-1-3.1)で表される化合物は本発明の組成物の応答速度を特に改善するため好ましい。また、応答速度よりも高いTniを求めるときは、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物を用いることが好ましい。式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物の合計の含有量は、低温での溶解度を良くするために20質量%以上にすることは好ましくない。
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%, 23%, 25%, 30%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 37%, and 35% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 33%, 30%, 27%, 25%, 23%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10% %.
Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-1-3) is a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) to the formula (L-1-3.12). Preferably, it is a compound represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) or formula (L-1-3.4). In particular, the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) is preferable because the response speed of the composition of the present invention is particularly improved. Further, when obtaining Tni higher than the response speed, the equation (L-1-3.3), the equation (L-1-3.4), the equation (L-1-3.11), and the equation (L− It is preferable to use a compound represented by 1-3.12). Sum of compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4), formula (L-1-3.11) and formula (L-1-3.12) The content of is not preferably 20% by mass or more in order to improve the solubility at low temperatures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-3.1)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、20%であり、17%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-3.1) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, the mass% is simply expressed as%). 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 7% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
 一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は一般式(L-1-4)及び/又は(L-1-5)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the general formula (L-1-4) and / or (L-1-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
(式中RL15及びRL16はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基又は炭素原子数1~8のアルコキシ基を表す。)
 RL15及びRL16は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、直鎖状の炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基及び直鎖状の炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L15 and R L16 each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.)
R L15 and R L16 are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and a linear alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. .
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、17%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, and 10% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %.
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、5%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、17%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、17%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). 5%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 17%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 25%, 23%, 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, and 10% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %.
 さらに、一般式(L-1-4)及び(L-1-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-1-4.1)から式(L-1-5.3)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-1-4.2)又は式(L-1-5.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compounds represented by the general formulas (L-1-4) and (L-1-5) are represented by the formulas (L-1-4.1) to (L-1-5.3). And a compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) or the formula (L-1-5.2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-1-4.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、20%であり、17%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-1-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, the mass% is simply expressed as%). 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 13%, 15%, 18%, and 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 17%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, and 7% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. % And 6%.
 式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)、式(L-1-3.11)及び式(L-1-3.12)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)、式(L-1-3.4)及び式(L-1-4.2)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、これら化合物の合計の含有量の好ましい含有量の下限値は、本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対して、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、13%であり、15%であり、18%であり、20%であり、23%であり、25%であり、27%であり、30%であり、33%であり、35%であり、上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、80%であり、70%であり、60%であり、50%であり、45%であり、40%であり、37%であり、35%であり、33%であり、30%であり、28%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%である。組成物の信頼性を重視する場合には、式(L-1-3.1)、式(L-1-3.3)及び式(L-1-3.4))で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましく、組成物の応答速度を重視する場合には、式(L-1-1.3)、式(L-1-2.2)で表される化合物から選ばれる2種以上の化合物を組み合わせることが好ましい。 Formula (L-1-1.3), Formula (L-1-2.2), Formula (L-1-3.1), Formula (L-1-3.3), Formula (L-1- 3.4), it is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.11) and formula (L-1-3.12). -1.3), formula (L-1-2.2), formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3), formula (L-1-3.4) and It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by formula (L-1-4.2), and the lower limit of the preferable content of the total content of these compounds is the liquid crystal composition of the present invention. 1% by mass (hereinafter referred to simply as%), 2%, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10% with respect to the total amount of the product, 13% %, 15%, 1 %, 20%, 23%, 25%, 27%, 30%, 33%, 35%, and the upper limit is the total amount of the composition of the present invention 80%, 70%, 60%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 37%, 35%, 33%, 30% %, 28%, 25%, 23%, and 20%. When emphasizing the reliability of the composition, compounds represented by formula (L-1-3.1), formula (L-1-3.3) and formula (L-1-3.4)) It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the group consisting of formulas (L-1-1.3) and (L-1-2.2) when the response speed of the composition is important. It is preferable to combine two or more compounds selected from the following compounds.
 一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
(式中、RL21及びRL22はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL21は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL22は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L21 and R L22 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).)
R L21 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L22 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
  一般式(L-1)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-1) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 低温での溶解性を重視する場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、応答速度を重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When emphasizing solubility at low temperatures, it is highly effective to set a large amount of content. Conversely, when emphasizing response speed, setting a small amount of content is highly effective. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%であり、3%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-2) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). %, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
 さらに、一般式(L-2)で表される化合物は、式(L-2.1)から式(L-2.6)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-2.1)、式(L-2.3)、式(L-2.4)及び式(L-2.6)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-2) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-2.1) to (L-2.6). A compound represented by formula (L-2.1), formula (L-2.3), formula (L-2.4) and formula (L-2.6) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
 一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
(式中、RL31及びRL32はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL31及びRL32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L31 and R L32 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).)
R L31 and R L32 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-3) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-3)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%である。好ましい含有量の上限値は、本発明の組成物の総量に対して、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%であり、7%であり、6%であり、5%であり、3%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-3) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass, 2%, 3%, 5% 7% and 10%. The upper limit of the preferable content is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8%, 7%, and 6% with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention. %, 5%, 3%.
 高い複屈折率を得る場合は含有量を多めに設定すると効果が高く、反対に、高いTniを重視する場合は含有量を少なめに設定すると効果が高い。さらに、滴下痕や焼き付き特性を改良する場合は、含有量の範囲を中間に設定することが好ましい。 When a high birefringence is obtained, the effect is high when the content is set to be large. On the other hand, when high Tni is emphasized, the effect is high when the content is set low. Furthermore, when improving dripping marks and image sticking characteristics, it is preferable to set the content range in the middle.
 さらに、一般式(L-3)で表される化合物は、式(L-3.1)から式(L-3.4)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-3.2)から式(L-3.7)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-3) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-3.1) to (L-3.4). A compound represented by the formula (L-3.7) from (L-3.2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
(式中、RL41及びRL42はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL41は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL42は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。)
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。
(In the formula, R L41 and R L42 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in General Formula (L).)
R L41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L42 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable. )
The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 本発明の組成物において、一般式(L-4)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is low-temperature solubility, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process compatibility, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、14%であり、16%であり、20%であり、23%であり、26%であり、30%であり、35%であり、40%である。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、50%であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、20%であり、15%であり、10%であり、5%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, the mass% is simply expressed as%). %, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30% %, 35%, and 40%. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-4.1)から式(L-4.3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by general formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by formula (L-4.1) to formula (L-4.3), for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
 低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式(L-4.1)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.2)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.1)で表される化合物と式(L-4.2)で表される化合物との両方を含有していても良いし、式(L-4.1)から式(L-4.3)で表される化合物を全て含んでいても良い。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4.1)又は式(L-4.2)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、9%であり、11%であり、12%であり、13%であり、18%であり、21%であり、好ましい上限値は、45であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%である。 Depending on the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence, even if the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) is contained, the formula (L -4.2) Even if it contains a compound represented by formula (L-4.1), it contains both a compound represented by formula (L-4.1) and a compound represented by formula (L-4.2). Or all of the compounds represented by formulas (L-4.1) to (L-4.3) may be included. The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by formula (L-4.1) or formula (L-4.2) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 3%, Yes, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, 21%, and the preferred upper limit is 45, 40% , 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%, 10%, 8% .
 式(L-4.1)で表される化合物と式(L-4.2)で表される化合物との両方を含有する場合は、本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての両化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、15質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、19%であり、24%であり、30%であり、好ましい上限値は、45であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 When both the compound represented by the formula (L-4.1) and the compound represented by the formula (L-4.2) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention The lower limit of the preferable content of is 15% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 19%, 24%, 30%, and the preferable upper limit is 45. 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-4.4)から式(L-4.6)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) to the formula (L-4.6). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
 低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.5)で表される化合物を含有していても、式(L-4.4)で表される化合物と式(L-4.5)で表される化合物との両方を含有していても良い。 Depending on the required performance such as solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence and the like, even if the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) is contained, the formula (L -4.5) contains both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5). May be.
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-4.4)又は式(L-4.5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、3質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、5%であり、7%であり、9%であり、11%であり、12%であり、13%であり、18%であり、21%である。好ましい上限値は、45であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、8%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-4.4) or the formula (L-4.5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 3% by mass (hereinafter referred to as mass%). Is simply expressed as%), 5%, 7%, 9%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 18%, and 21%. Preferred upper limit values are 45, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13% %, 10%, and 8%.
 式(L-4.4)で表される化合物と式(L-4.5)で表される化合物との両方を含有する場合は、本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての両化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、15質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、19%であり、24%であり、30%であり、好ましい上限値は、45であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、13%である。 When both the compound represented by formula (L-4.4) and the compound represented by formula (L-4.5) are contained, both compounds relative to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention The lower limit of the preferable content of is 15% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 19%, 24%, 30%, and the preferable upper limit is 45. 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 23%, 20%, 18%, 15%, 13%.
 一般式(L-4)で表される化合物は、式(L-4.7)から式(L-4.10)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-4.9)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-4) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-4.7) to the formula (L-4.10), and particularly the formula (L-4. The compound represented by 9) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
(式中、RL51及びRL52はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表す。)
 RL51は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、RL52は炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数4~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましい。
(In the formula, R L51 and R L52 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L).)
R L51 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and R L52 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 4 to 5 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom. An alkoxy group of 1 to 4 is preferable.
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 本発明の組成物において、一般式(L-5)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-5) includes solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence index, process suitability, dripping marks, It is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、14%であり、16%であり、20%であり、23%であり、26%であり、30%であり、35%であり、40%である。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-5)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、50%であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、20%であり、15%であり、10%であり、5%である
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.1)又は式(L-5.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、特に、式(L-5.1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). %, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30% %, 35%, and 40%. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-5) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. , 20%, 15%, 10%, 5% The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is represented by the formula (L-5.1) or the formula (L-5.2). The compound represented by formula (L-5.1) is particularly desirable.
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、9%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 2%, 3%, 5% and 7%. The upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.3)又は式(L-5.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-5.3) or the formula (L-5.4).
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、9%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 2%, 3%, 5% and 7%. The upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
 一般式(L-5)で表される化合物は、式(L-5.5)から式(L-5.7)で表される化合物群から選ばれる化合物であることが好ましく、特に式(L-5.7)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-5) is preferably a compound selected from the group of compounds represented by the formulas (L-5.5) to (L-5.7). The compound represented by L-5.7) is preferred.
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、9%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 2%, 3%, 5% and 7%. The upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
(式中、RL61及びRL62はそれぞれ独立して、一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表し、XL61及びXL62はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はフッ素原子を表す。)
 RL61及びRL62はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基が好ましく、XL61及びXL62のうち一方がフッ素原子他方が水素原子であることが好ましい。
(In the formula, R L61 and R L62 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in the general formula (L), and X L61 and X L62 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. )
R L61 and R L62 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and one of X L61 and X L62 is a fluorine atom and the other is a hydrogen atom. Is preferred.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は単独で使用することもできるが、2以上の化合物を組み合わせて使用することもできる。組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて適宜組み合わせて使用する。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類であり、5種類以上である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-6) can be used alone, or two or more compounds can be used in combination. There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are used in appropriate combinations according to the required properties such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperatures, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, four kinds, and five kinds or more.
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対しての式(L-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、14%であり、16%であり、20%であり、23%であり、26%であり、30%であり、35%であり、40%である。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-6)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、50%であり、40%であり、35%であり、30%であり、20%であり、15%であり、10%であり、5%である。Δnを大きくすることに重点を置く場合には含有量を多くした方が好ましく、低温での析出に重点を置いた場合には含有量は少ない方が好ましい。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%). %, 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%, 23%, 26%, 30% %, 35%, and 40%. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-6) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 50%, 40%, 35%, and 30%. 20%, 15%, 10%, 5%. When emphasizing to increase Δn, it is preferable to increase the content, and when emphasizing the precipitation at low temperature, it is preferable to decrease the content.
 一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、式(L-6.1)から式(L-6.9)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) to the formula (L-6.9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、これらの化合物の中から1種~3種類含有することが好ましく、1種~4種類含有することがさらに好ましい。また、選ぶ化合物の分子量分布が広いことも溶解性に有効であるため、例えば、式(L-6.1)又は(L-6.2)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.4)又は(L-6.5)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.6)又は式(L-6.7)で表される化合物から1種類、式(L-6.8)又は(L-6.9)で表される化合物から1種類の化合物を選び、これらを適宜組み合わせることが好ましい。その中でも、式(L-6.1)、式(L-6.3)式(L-6.4)、式(L-6.6)及び式(L-6.9)で表される化合物を含むことが好ましい。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but 1 to 3 types of these compounds are preferably contained, more preferably 1 to 4 types. Further, since the wide molecular weight distribution of the selected compound is also effective for the solubility, for example, one type of the compound represented by the formula (L-6.1) or (L-6.2), the formula (L- 6.4) or one type from the compound represented by (L-6.5), one type from the compound represented by formula (L-6.6) or formula (L-6.7), It is preferable to select one compound from the compounds represented by -6.8) or (L-6.9) and combine them as appropriate. Among them, represented by formula (L-6.1), formula (L-6.3), formula (L-6.4), formula (L-6.6) and formula (L-6.9). It is preferable to include a compound.
 さらに、一般式(L-6)で表される化合物は、例えば式(L-6.10)から式(L-6.17)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、その中でも、式(L-6.11)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-6) is preferably, for example, a compound represented by the formula (L-6.10) to the formula (L-6.17). A compound represented by L-6.11) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
 本発明の液晶組成物の総量に対してのこれら化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%である。これら化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、20%であり、15%であり、13%であり、10%であり、9%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of these compounds with respect to the total amount of the liquid crystal composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), 2%, 3%, 5% and 7%. The upper limit of the preferable content of these compounds is 20%, 15%, 13%, 10%, and 9%.
 一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は下記の化合物である。 The compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is the following compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
(式中、RL71及びRL72はそれぞれ独立して一般式(L)におけるRL1及びRL2と同じ意味を表し、AL71及びAL72はそれぞれ独立して一般式(L)におけるAL2及びAL3と同じ意味を表すが、AL71及びAL72上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、ZL71は一般式(L)におけるZL2と同じ意味を表し、XL71及びXL72はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子又は水素原子を表す。)
 式中、RL71及びRL72はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~5のアルキル基、炭素原子数2~5のアルケニル基又は炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基が好ましく、AL71及びAL72はそれぞれ独立して1,4-シクロヘキシレン基又は1,4-フェニレン基が好ましく、AL71及びAL72上の水素原子はそれぞれ独立してフッ素原子によって置換されていてもよく、QL71は単結合又はCOO-が好ましく、単結合が好ましく、XL71及びXL72は水素原子が好ましい。
(Wherein, R L71 and R L72 each independently represent the same meaning as R L1 and R L2 in Formula (L), A L71 and A L72 is A L2 and in the general formula (L) independently A L3 represents the same meaning, but the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, Z L71 represents the same meaning as Z L2 in formula (L), X L71 and X L72 each independently represent a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom.)
In the formula, R L71 and R L72 are each independently preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and A L71 and A L72 Are each independently preferably a 1,4-cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-phenylene group, the hydrogen atoms on A L71 and A L72 may be each independently substituted with a fluorine atom, and Q L71 is a single group. A bond or COO- is preferable, a single bond is preferable, and X L71 and X L72 are preferably a hydrogen atom.
 組み合わせることができる化合物の種類に特に制限は無いが、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率などの求められる性能に応じて組み合わせる。使用する化合物の種類は、例えば本発明の一つの実施形態としては1種類であり、2種類であり、3種類であり、4種類である。 There are no particular restrictions on the types of compounds that can be combined, but they are combined according to the required performance, such as solubility at low temperatures, transition temperature, electrical reliability, and birefringence. The kind of the compound used is, for example, one kind as one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds, three kinds, and four kinds.
 本発明の液晶組成物において、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物の含有量は、低温での溶解性、転移温度、電気的な信頼性、複屈折率、プロセス適合性、滴下痕、焼き付き、誘電率異方性などの求められる性能に応じて適宜調整する必要がある。 In the liquid crystal composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) includes solubility at low temperature, transition temperature, electrical reliability, birefringence, process suitability, dropping trace Therefore, it is necessary to adjust appropriately according to required performance such as image sticking and dielectric anisotropy.
 本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-7)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の下限値は、1質量%(以下質量%を単に%と表す。)であり、2%であり、3%であり、5%であり、7%であり、10%であり、14%であり、16%であり、20%である。本発明の組成物の総量に対しての式(L-7)で表される化合物の好ましい含有量の上限値は、30%であり、25%であり、23%であり、20%であり、18%であり、15%であり、10%であり、5%である。 The lower limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 1% by mass (hereinafter, mass% is simply expressed as%), and 2% 3%, 5%, 7%, 10%, 14%, 16%, 20%. The upper limit of the preferable content of the compound represented by the formula (L-7) with respect to the total amount of the composition of the present invention is 30%, 25%, 23%, and 20%. 18%, 15%, 10%, 5%.
 本発明の組成物が高いTniの実施形態が望まれる場合は式(L-7)で表される化合物の含有量を多めにすることが好ましく、低粘度の実施形態が望まれる場合は含有量を少なめにすることが好ましい。 When an embodiment with high Tni is desired for the composition of the present invention, the content of the compound represented by formula (L-7) is preferably increased, and when an embodiment with low viscosity is desired, the content is It is preferable to reduce the amount.
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.1)から式(L-7.4)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.1) to the formula (L-7.4), and the formula (L-7. It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.11)から式(L-7.13)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.11)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.11) to the formula (L-7.13). It is preferable that it is a compound represented by 11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.21)から式(L-7.23)で表される化合物である。式(L-7.21)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is a compound represented by the formula (L-7.21) to the formula (L-7.23). A compound represented by formula (L-7.21) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.31)から式(L-7.34)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.31)又は/及び式(L-7.32)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.31) to the formula (L-7.34), and the formula (L-7. 31) or / and a compound represented by the formula (L-7.32).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
 さらに、一般式(L-7)で表される化合物は、式(L-7.41)から式(L-7.44)で表される化合物であることが好ましく、式(L-7.41)又は/及び式(L-7.42)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the general formula (L-7) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (L-7.41) to the formula (L-7.44), and the formula (L-7. 41) or / and a compound represented by formula (L-7.42).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
 本発明に係る液晶組成物における添加剤(酸化防止剤、UV吸収剤など)は100ppm~1質量%であることが好ましい。 The additive (antioxidant, UV absorber, etc.) in the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention is preferably 100 ppm to 1% by mass.
 本発明における液晶組成物は、ネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(Tni)を幅広い範囲で使用することができるものであるが、ネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(Tni)は60~120℃であることが好ましく、70~100℃であることがより好ましく、70~85℃であることが特に好ましい。 The liquid crystal composition of the present invention can use a nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (Tni) in a wide range, but the nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (Tni) is 60. It is preferably from ˜120 ° C., more preferably from 70 to 100 ° C., particularly preferably from 70 to 85 ° C.
 本発明における液晶組成物の誘電率異方性Δεは、25℃において、-2.0~-6.0であることが好ましく、-2.5~-5.0であることがより好ましく、-2.5~-3.5であることが特に好ましい。 The dielectric anisotropy Δε of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is preferably −2.0 to −6.0, more preferably −2.5 to −5.0 at 25 ° C. A value of −2.5 to −3.5 is particularly preferable.
 本発明における液晶組成物の屈折率異方性Δnは、25℃において、0.08~0.13であることが好ましいが、0.09~0.12であることがより好ましい。さらに詳述すると、薄いセルギャップに対応する場合、本発明における液晶組成物の屈折率異方性は、25℃において、0.10~0.12であることが好ましく、更に詳述すると、薄いセルギャップ(セルギャップ3.4μm以下)に対応する場合は約0.9から約0.12程度であることが好ましく、厚いセルギャップ(セルギャップ3.5μm以上)に対応する場合は約0.08から約0.1程度であることが好ましい。 The refractive index anisotropy Δn of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is preferably 0.08 to 0.13 at 25 ° C., more preferably 0.09 to 0.12. More specifically, the refractive index anisotropy of the liquid crystal composition in the present invention is preferably 0.10 to 0.12 at 25 ° C. when dealing with a thin cell gap. When it corresponds to a cell gap (cell gap of 3.4 μm or less), it is preferably about 0.9 to about 0.12, and when it corresponds to a thick cell gap (cell gap of 3.5 μm or more), it is about 0. It is preferably about 08 to about 0.1.
 本発明に係る液晶組成物の回転粘度(γ)の上限値は、150(mPa・s)以下が好ましく、130(mPa・s)以下がより好ましく、120(mPa・s)以下が特に好ましい。一方、当該回転粘度(γ)の下限値は、20(mPa・s)以上が好ましく、30(mPa・s)以上がより好ましく、40(mPa・s)以上が更に好ましく、50(mPa・s)以上がより更に好ましく、60(mPa・s)以上がさらにより好ましく、70(mPa・s)以上が特に好ましい。 The upper limit of the rotational viscosity (γ 1 ) of the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention is preferably 150 (mPa · s) or less, more preferably 130 (mPa · s) or less, and particularly preferably 120 (mPa · s) or less. . On the other hand, the lower limit of the rotational viscosity (γ 1 ) is preferably 20 (mPa · s) or more, more preferably 30 (mPa · s) or more, still more preferably 40 (mPa · s) or more, and 50 (mPa · s). s) or more is more preferable, 60 (mPa · s) or more is further more preferable, and 70 (mPa · s) or more is particularly preferable.
 本発明に係る液晶組成物では、回転粘度と屈折率異方性の関数であるZが特定の値を示すことが好ましい。 In the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention, it is preferable that Z as a function of rotational viscosity and refractive index anisotropy shows a specific value.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000101
(上記数式中、γは回転粘度を表し、Δnは屈折率異方性を表す。)
 Zは、13000以下が好ましく、12000以下がより好ましく、11000以下が特に好ましい。
(In the above formula, γ 1 represents rotational viscosity and Δn represents refractive index anisotropy.)
Z is preferably 13000 or less, more preferably 12000 or less, and particularly preferably 11000 or less.
 本発明に係る液晶組成物は、アクティブマトリクス表示素子に使用する場合においては、1011(Ω・m)以上の比抵抗を有することが必要であり、1012(Ω・m)が好ましく、1013(Ω・m)以上がより好ましい。 When used in an active matrix display device, the liquid crystal composition according to the present invention needs to have a specific resistance of 10 11 (Ω · m) or more, preferably 10 12 (Ω · m). 13 (Ω · m) or more is more preferable.
 本発明に係る液晶組成物はネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(TNI)を幅広い範囲で使用することができるものであるが、当該相転移温度(TNI)は、60~120℃であることが好ましく、70~110℃がより好ましく、75~100℃が特に好ましい。
[液晶表示素子の製造方法]
 次に、図1を参照して、本発明の液晶表示素子の製造方法を説明する。
The liquid crystal composition according to the present invention can use a nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (T NI ) in a wide range, and the phase transition temperature (T NI ) is 60 to 120 ° C. It is preferably 70 to 110 ° C, particularly preferably 75 to 100 ° C.
[Method of manufacturing liquid crystal display element]
Next, with reference to FIG. 1, the manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element of this invention is demonstrated.
 第一の基板11の共通電極14が形成された面及び第二の基板12の画素電極15が形成された面に、重合性基を有する重合性化合物を含有する配向膜材料又は、重合性液晶化合物を塗布し、加熱することにより垂直配向膜16,17を形成する。なお、重合性液晶化合物を配向膜として用いる場合、下地配向膜として通常の配向膜を有していても良い。 An alignment film material or a polymerizable liquid crystal containing a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group on the surface of the first substrate 11 on which the common electrode 14 is formed and on the surface of the second substrate 12 on which the pixel electrode 15 is formed. The vertical alignment films 16 and 17 are formed by applying a compound and heating. In addition, when using a polymerizable liquid crystal compound as the alignment film, a normal alignment film may be provided as the base alignment film.
 ここでは、まず、第1の高分子化合物となる高分子化合物前駆体、及び/又は、上記一般式(V2)で表される化合物と、上記一般式(I)で表される化合物及び必要に応じて一般式(V)で表される化合物等の重合性化合物、あるいは、光重合性および光架橋性を有する化合物とを含む配向膜材料、あるいは一般式(I)で表される化合物及び重合性液晶化合物からなる配向膜材料を調製する。 Here, first, the polymer compound precursor to be the first polymer compound and / or the compound represented by the above general formula (V2), the compound represented by the above general formula (I), and the necessity Correspondingly, a polymerizable compound such as a compound represented by the general formula (V), or an alignment film material containing a compound having photopolymerizability and photocrosslinkability, or a compound represented by the general formula (I) and polymerization An alignment film material made of a conductive liquid crystal compound is prepared.
 第1の高分子化合物がポリイミドの場合には、高分子化合物前駆体としては、例えば、テトラカルボン酸二無水物およびジイソシアネートの混合物や、ポリアミック酸や、ポリイミドを溶剤に溶解あるいは分散させたポリイミド溶液等が挙げられる。このポリイミド溶液中におけるポリイミドの含有量は、1質量%以上10質量%以下であることが好ましく、3質量%以上5質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 When the first polymer compound is polyimide, examples of the polymer compound precursor include a mixture of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diisocyanate, polyamic acid, and a polyimide solution in which polyimide is dissolved or dispersed in a solvent. Etc. The polyimide content in the polyimide solution is preferably 1% by mass or more and 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 3% by mass or more and 5% by mass or less.
 また、第1の高分子化合物がポリシロキサンの場合には、高分子化合物前駆体としては、例えば、アルコキシ基を有するケイ素化合物、ハロゲン化アルコキシ基を有するケイ素化合物、アルコールおよびシュウ酸を所定の配合量比で混合して加熱することによりポリシロキサンを合成し、それを溶剤に溶解させたポリシロキサン溶液などが挙げられる。 When the first polymer compound is polysiloxane, examples of the polymer compound precursor include a silicon compound having an alkoxy group, a silicon compound having a halogenated alkoxy group, alcohol, and oxalic acid. Examples thereof include a polysiloxane solution prepared by synthesizing polysiloxane by mixing at a quantitative ratio and heating, and dissolving it in a solvent.
 なお、配向膜材料には、必要に応じて、光架橋性を有する化合物、光重合開始剤、溶剤などを添加してもよい。 In addition, you may add the compound which has photocrosslinkability, a photoinitiator, a solvent, etc. to alignment film material as needed.
 配向膜材料の調整後、この配向膜材料を、第一の基板11および第二の基板12のそれぞれに、共通電極14、並びに、画素電極15およびそのスリット部(図示略)を覆うように塗布あるいは印刷した後、加熱などの処理をする。これにより、塗布あるいは印刷された配向膜材料に含まれる高分子化合物前駆体及び/又は上記一般式(V2)で表される化合物、あるいは重合性液晶化合物が、重合および硬化して高分子化合物となり、高分子化合物と一般式(I)で表される化合物及び必要に応じて一般式(V)で表される化合物とが混在するか、一般式(I)で表される化合物及び重合性液晶化合物が半硬化した垂直配向膜16,17が形成される。 After the alignment film material is adjusted, the alignment film material is applied to each of the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 so as to cover the common electrode 14, the pixel electrode 15, and its slit portion (not shown). Alternatively, after printing, a process such as heating is performed. As a result, the polymer compound precursor and / or the compound represented by the general formula (V2) or the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the coated or printed alignment film material is polymerized and cured to form a polymer compound. A compound represented by general formula (I) and a compound represented by general formula (V), if necessary, or a compound represented by general formula (I) and a polymerizable liquid crystal Vertical alignment films 16 and 17 in which the compound is semi-cured are formed.
 ここで、加熱処理する場合、その温度は、80℃以上が好ましく、150~200℃がより好ましい。 Here, when the heat treatment is performed, the temperature is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 150 to 200 ° C.
 なお、この段階において液晶組成物層中の液晶分子を基板面に対して垂直方向に配向させる垂直配向能は形成される。この後、必要に応じて、ラビングなどの処理を施してもよい。 In this stage, the vertical alignment ability to align the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer in the direction perpendicular to the substrate surface is formed. Thereafter, a process such as rubbing may be performed as necessary.
 次に、第一の基板11と第二の基板12とを重ね合わせ、それらの間に、液晶分子を含む液晶組成物層13を封止する。 Next, the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 are overlapped, and the liquid crystal composition layer 13 containing liquid crystal molecules is sealed between them.
 具体的には、第一の基板11と第二の基板12のいずれか一方における、垂直配向膜16,17が形成されている面に対して、セルギャップを確保するためのスペーサ突起物、例えば、プラスチックビーズ等を散布すると共に、例えば、スクリーン印刷法によりエポキシ接着剤等を用いて、シール部を印刷する。 Specifically, spacer protrusions for securing a cell gap with respect to the surface on which the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 are formed on either one of the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12, for example, In addition to spraying plastic beads or the like, for example, the seal portion is printed using an epoxy adhesive or the like by a screen printing method.
 この後、第一の基板11と第二の基板12とを、垂直配向膜16,17を対向させるように、スペーサ突起物およびシール部を介して貼り合わせ、液晶分子および必要に応じて重合性化合物を含む液晶組成物を注入する。 Thereafter, the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 are bonded together through spacer protrusions and a seal portion so that the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 are opposed to each other, and liquid crystal molecules and, if necessary, polymerizable. A liquid crystal composition containing the compound is injected.
 その後、加熱するなどして、シール部を硬化することにより、液晶組成物を、第一の基板11と第二の基板12との間に封止する。 Thereafter, the liquid crystal composition is sealed between the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 by curing the seal portion by heating or the like.
 次に、共通電極14と画素電極15との間に、電圧印加手段を用いて、電圧を印加する。電圧は、例えば、5~30(V)の大きさで印加する。前記印加は、第一の基板と第二の基板に略垂直に電荷を印加する場合もある。これにより、第一の基板11における液晶組成物層13と隣接する面(液晶組成物層13と対向する面)、および、第二の基板12におけるにおける液晶組成物層13と隣接する面(液晶組成物層13と対向する面)に対して所定の角度をなす方向の電場が生じ、液晶分子19が、第一の基板11と第二の基板12の法線方向から所定方向に傾いて配向することとなる。このとき、液晶分子19の傾斜角は、後述の工程で液晶分子19に付与されるプレチルトθと概ね等しくなる。従って、電圧の大きさを適宜調節することにより、液晶分子19のプレチルトθの大きさを制御することが可能である(図3参照)。 Next, a voltage is applied between the common electrode 14 and the pixel electrode 15 using voltage applying means. The voltage is applied with a magnitude of 5 to 30 (V), for example. The application may apply a charge substantially perpendicularly to the first substrate and the second substrate. Thereby, the surface adjacent to the liquid crystal composition layer 13 in the first substrate 11 (surface facing the liquid crystal composition layer 13) and the surface adjacent to the liquid crystal composition layer 13 in the second substrate 12 (liquid crystal An electric field in a direction forming a predetermined angle with respect to the surface facing the composition layer 13 is generated, and the liquid crystal molecules 19 are oriented in a predetermined direction with respect to the normal direction of the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12. Will be. At this time, the tilt angle of the liquid crystal molecules 19 is approximately equal to the pretilt θ given to the liquid crystal molecules 19 in a process described later. Therefore, the magnitude of the pretilt θ of the liquid crystal molecules 19 can be controlled by appropriately adjusting the magnitude of the voltage (see FIG. 3).
 さらに、電圧を印加した状態のまま、紫外光UVを、例えば、第一の基板11の外側から液晶組成物層13に照射することにより、垂直配向膜16,17中の一般式(I)で表される化合物及び必要に応じて一般式(V)で表される化合物又は重合性液晶化合物、および液晶組成物中の重合性化合物を重合させ、高分子重合体を生成する。 Furthermore, the ultraviolet light UV is irradiated to the liquid crystal composition layer 13 from the outside of the first substrate 11 with the voltage applied, for example, by the general formula (I) in the vertical alignment films 16 and 17. A compound represented by formula (V) or a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a polymerizable compound in the liquid crystal composition are polymerized to produce a polymer.
 この場合、照射する紫外光UVの強度は一定であっても、一定でなくてもよく、照射強度を変化させる際の各々の強度における照射時間も任意であるが、2段階以上の照射工程を採用する場合には、2段階目以降の照射工程の照射強度は1段階目の照射強度よりも弱い強度を選択することが好ましく、2段階目以降の総照射時間は1段階目の照射時間よりも長くかつ照射総エネルギー量が大きことが好ましい。また、照射強度を不連続に変化させる場合には、全照射工程時間の前半部分の平均照射光強度が後半部分の平均照射強度よりも強いことが望ましく、照射開始直後の強度が最も強いことがより望ましく、照射時間の経過と共にある一定値まで常に照射強度が減少し続けることがさらに好ましい。その場合の紫外線UV強度は2mW/cm-2~100mW/cm-2であることが好ましいが、多段階照射の場合の1段階目、または不連続に照射強度変化させる場合の全照射工程中の最高照射強度は10mW/cm-2~100mW/cm-2であること、かつ多段階照射の場合の2段階目以降、または不連続に照射強度を変化させる場合の最低照射強度は2mW/cm-2~50mW/cm-2であることがより好ましい。また、照射総エネルギー量は10J~300Jであることが好ましいが、50J~250Jであることがより好ましく、100J~250Jであることがさらに好ましい。 In this case, the intensity of the ultraviolet light UV to be irradiated may or may not be constant, and the irradiation time at each intensity when the irradiation intensity is changed is arbitrary, but two or more stages of irradiation processes are performed. When employed, it is preferable to select an irradiation intensity in the irradiation process in the second stage and after that which is weaker than the irradiation intensity in the first stage, and the total irradiation time in the second stage and after is more than the irradiation time in the first stage. It is preferable that the total irradiation energy amount is long and long. When the irradiation intensity is changed discontinuously, it is desirable that the average irradiation light intensity in the first half of the entire irradiation process time is stronger than the average irradiation intensity in the second half, and the intensity immediately after the start of irradiation is the strongest. More desirably, it is further preferable that the irradiation intensity always decreases to a certain value as the irradiation time elapses. In this case, the ultraviolet UV intensity is preferably 2 mW / cm −2 to 100 mW / cm −2 , but the first stage in the case of multi-stage irradiation or the entire irradiation process in the case of changing the irradiation intensity discontinuously. The maximum irradiation intensity is 10 mW / cm −2 to 100 mW / cm −2 , and the minimum irradiation intensity is 2 mW / cm after the second stage in the case of multistage irradiation or when the irradiation intensity is changed discontinuously. More preferably, it is 2 to 50 mW / cm −2 . The total irradiation energy is preferably 10 J to 300 J, more preferably 50 J to 250 J, and even more preferably 100 J to 250 J.
 この場合、印加電圧は交流であっても直流であってもよい。 In this case, the applied voltage may be alternating current or direct current.
 その結果、垂直配向膜16,17の配向制御部と固着した、垂直配向膜材料を含む配向制御能(図示略)を有するようになり、更に、必要に応じて、その表面に重合体層20,21が形成される。この配向制御部は、非駆動状態において、液晶組成物層13における重合体層20,21(垂直配向膜16,17)との界面近傍に位置する液晶分子19にプレチルトθを付与する機能(配向制御能)を有する。なお、ここでは、紫外光UVを、第一の基板11の外側から照射したが、第二の基板12の外側から照射してもよく、第一の基板11および第二の基板12の双方の基板の外側から照射してもよい。 As a result, it has an alignment control ability (not shown) including a vertical alignment film material fixed to the alignment control portions of the vertical alignment films 16 and 17, and further, the polymer layer 20 is formed on the surface thereof as necessary. , 21 are formed. This alignment control unit has a function of imparting a pretilt θ to the liquid crystal molecules 19 located in the vicinity of the interface of the liquid crystal composition layer 13 with the polymer layers 20 and 21 (vertical alignment films 16 and 17) in the non-driven state (alignment). Controllability). Here, although the ultraviolet light UV is irradiated from the outside of the first substrate 11, it may be irradiated from the outside of the second substrate 12, and both the first substrate 11 and the second substrate 12 may be irradiated. You may irradiate from the outer side of a board | substrate.
 このように、本発明の液晶表示素子では、液晶組成物層13において、液晶分子19が、所定のプレチルトθを有している。これにより、プレチルト処理が全く施されていない液晶表示素子およびそれを備えた液晶表示装置と比較して、駆動電圧に対する応答速度を大幅に向上させることができる。 Thus, in the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, the liquid crystal molecules 19 in the liquid crystal composition layer 13 have a predetermined pretilt θ. As a result, the response speed to the drive voltage can be greatly improved as compared with a liquid crystal display element that has not been subjected to any pretilt processing and a liquid crystal display device having the liquid crystal display element.
 本発明の液晶表示素子において、垂直配向膜16,17を構成する高分子化合物前駆体としては、感光性でないポリイミド前駆体が好ましい。 In the liquid crystal display element of the present invention, the polymer compound precursor constituting the vertical alignment films 16 and 17 is preferably a non-photosensitive polyimide precursor.
 以下、実施例及び比較例により本発明をさらに具体的に説明するが、本発明は以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。また、以下の実施例及び比較例の組成物における「%」は「質量%」を意味する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples and comparative examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples. Further, “%” in the compositions of the following Examples and Comparative Examples means “mass%”.
 以下の実施例及び比較例において、Tni、Δn、Δε、η、γをそれぞれ下記の通り定義する。
ni :ネマチック相-等方性液体相転移温度(℃)
cn :固相-ネマチック相転移温度(℃)
Δn  :25℃における屈折率異方性
Δε  :25℃における誘電率異方性
γ  :25℃における回転粘度(mPa・s)
33 :20℃における曲がりの弾性定数(pN)
UV照射前電圧保持率(初期VHR):周波数60Hz,印加電圧1Vの条件下で343Kにおける電圧保持率(%)
UV照射後VHR:以下の実施例・比較例の液晶表示素子にUV照射した後、上述のVHR測定方法と同条件で測定した。
In the following Examples and Comparative Examples, Tni, Δn, Δε, η , γ 1 respectively are defined as follows.
T ni : Nematic phase-isotropic liquid phase transition temperature (° C.)
T cn : solid phase-nematic phase transition temperature (° C.)
Δn: refractive index anisotropy at 25 ° C. Δε: dielectric anisotropy γ 1 at 25 ° C .: rotational viscosity at 25 ° C. (mPa · s)
K 33 : Elastic constant of bending at 20 ° C. (pN)
Voltage holding ratio before UV irradiation (initial VHR): voltage holding ratio (%) at 343 K under conditions of frequency 60 Hz and applied voltage 1 V
VHR after UV irradiation: The liquid crystal display elements of the following examples and comparative examples were irradiated with UV, and then measured under the same conditions as in the VHR measurement method described above.
 以下の実施例及び比較例において、下記の方法により、液晶表示素子の焼き付き、滴下痕およびプレチルト角を評価した。
(焼き付き)
液晶表示素子の焼き付き評価は、表示エリア内に所定の固定パターンを1000時間表示させた後に、全画面均一な表示を行ったときの固定パターンの残像のレベルを目視にて以下の4段階評価で行った。
◎:残像無し
○:残像ごく僅かに有るも許容できるレベル
△:残像有り許容できないレベル
×:残像有りかなり劣悪
(滴下痕)
 液晶表示装置の滴下痕の評価は、全面黒表示した場合における白く浮かび上がる滴下痕を目視にて以下の4段階評価で行った。
◎:残像無し
○:残像ごく僅かに有るも許容できるレベル
△:残像有り許容できないレベル
×:残像有りかなり劣悪
(プレチルト角)
 液晶表示素子の面内をランダムに5箇所計測し、平均値をプレチルト角とした。また、プレチルト角の安定性を評価する場合は、ストレス前後のプレチルト角の変化を比較した。ストレスは、液晶表示装置を70℃に保持されたオーブンに投入し、1kHz、30Vの矩形波を168時間印加することで与えた。
プレチルト変化角(°):ストレス後のプレチルト角-ストレス前のプレチルト角
 なお、実施例において化合物の記載について以下の略号を用いた。なお、nは自然数を表す。
(側鎖)
 -n    -C2n+1 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルキル基
 n-    C2n+1- 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルキル基
 -On   -OC2n+1 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルコキシル基
nO-   C2n+1O- 炭素原子数nの直鎖状のアルコキシル基
 -V    -CH=CH
 V-    CH=CH-
 -V1   -CH=CH-CH
 1V-   CH-CH=CH-
 -2V   -CH-CH-CH=CH
 V2-   CH=CH-CH-CH
 -2V1  -CH-CH-CH=CH-CH
 1V2-  CH-CH=CH-CH-CH
(連結基)
-n-     -C2n
-nO-    -C2n-O-
-On-    -O-C2n
-COO-   -C(=O)-O-
-OCO-   -O-C(=O)-
-CF2O-  -CF-O-
-OCF2-   -O-CF
   D     -C=C-
   T     -C≡C-
(環構造)
In the following examples and comparative examples, image sticking, drop marks, and pretilt angles of liquid crystal display elements were evaluated by the following methods.
(Burn in)
The burn-in evaluation of the liquid crystal display element is based on the following four-level evaluation of the afterimage level of the fixed pattern when the predetermined fixed pattern is displayed in the display area for 1000 hours and then the entire screen is uniformly displayed. went.
◎: No afterimage ○: Level of afterimage is slightly acceptable but acceptable △: Level of afterimage is unacceptable ×: Image retention is quite poor (drop mark)
Evaluation of the drop marks of the liquid crystal display device was performed by the following four-stage evaluation of the drop marks that appeared white when the entire surface was displayed in black.
◎: No afterimage ○: Even afterimage is slightly acceptable level △: Afterimage is unacceptable level ×: Afterimage is fairly poor (pretilt angle)
The in-plane of the liquid crystal display element was randomly measured at five locations, and the average value was defined as the pretilt angle. When evaluating the stability of the pretilt angle, the change in the pretilt angle before and after the stress was compared. The stress was applied by putting the liquid crystal display device in an oven maintained at 70 ° C. and applying a rectangular wave of 1 kHz and 30 V for 168 hours.
Pretilt change angle (°): pretilt angle after stress-pretilt angle before stress In the examples, the following abbreviations are used for the description of compounds. Note that n represents a natural number.
(Side chain)
-N -C n H 2n + 1 linear alkyl group with n carbon atoms n- C n H 2n + 1 -linear alkyl group with n carbon atoms -On -OC n H 2n + 1 linear chain with n carbon atoms -Like alkoxyl group nO- C n H 2n + 1 O- linear alkoxyl group having n carbon atoms -V -CH = CH 2
V- CH 2 = CH-
-V1 -CH = CH-CH 3
1V- CH 3 —CH═CH—
-2V -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH = CH 3
V2- CH 3 = CH-CH 2 -CH 2-
-2V1 -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH = CH-CH 3
1V2- CH 3 —CH═CH—CH 2 —CH 2
(Linking group)
-N- -C n H 2n-
—NO— —C n H 2n —O—
—On— —O—C n H 2n
—COO— —C (═O) —O—
-OCO- -OC (= O)-
—CF 2 O——CF 2 —O—
-OCF2- -O-CF 2-
D -C = C-
T -C≡C-
(Ring structure)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
(実施例1)
 透明な共通電極からなる透明電極層及びカラーフィルター層を具備した第一の基板(共通電極基板)と、アクティブ素子により駆動される透明画素電極を有する画素電極層を具備した第二の基板(画素電極基板)とを作製した。
(Example 1)
A first substrate (common electrode substrate) having a transparent electrode layer and a color filter layer made of a transparent common electrode, and a second substrate (pixel) having a pixel electrode layer having a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element Electrode substrate).
 画素電極基板において、各画素電極としては、液晶分子の配向を分割するため、画素電極に電極を有さないスリットが存在するように、ITOをエッチングしたものを用いた。 In the pixel electrode substrate, each pixel electrode was obtained by etching ITO so that a slit having no electrode was present in the pixel electrode in order to divide the orientation of liquid crystal molecules.
 共通電極基板及び画素電極基板のそれぞれに、ポリイミド前駆体及び重合性基を有する重合性化合物を含む垂直配向膜材料をスピンコート法により塗布し、その塗布膜を200℃で加熱することにより、垂直配向膜材料中のポリイミド前駆体を硬化させ、各基板の表面に100nm±20nmの垂直配向膜を形成した。この段階において、その垂直配向膜における重合性基を有する重合性化合物は硬化していない。 A vertical alignment film material containing a polyimide precursor and a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group is applied to each of the common electrode substrate and the pixel electrode substrate by spin coating, and the applied film is heated at 200 ° C. The polyimide precursor in the alignment film material was cured to form a vertical alignment film of 100 nm ± 20 nm on the surface of each substrate. At this stage, the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the vertical alignment film is not cured.
 垂直配向膜形成材料としては、ポリイミド前駆体を3%含有するポリイミド溶液(商品名:JALS2131-R6、JSR社製)に、以下の式(I-1)で表される化合物を3.0%含有する溶液を用いた。 As a material for forming a vertical alignment film, a compound represented by the following formula (I-1) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR) with 3.0% The containing solution was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
 垂直配向膜を形成した共通電極基板及び画素電極基板に、以下の表に示す化学式で表される化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-A)を挟持した後、シール材を硬化させて、液晶組成物層を形成した。この際、厚さ3.0μmのスペーサを用いて、液晶組成物層の厚さを3.0μmとした。 A liquid crystal composition (LC-A) containing a compound represented by the chemical formula shown in the following table is sandwiched between a common electrode substrate and a pixel electrode substrate on which a vertical alignment film is formed, and then a sealing material is cured to obtain a liquid crystal A composition layer was formed. At this time, a spacer having a thickness of 3.0 μm was used, and the thickness of the liquid crystal composition layer was set to 3.0 μm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000104
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記式(I-1)で表される化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例1の液晶表示素子を得た。この工程により、前記式(I-1)で表される化合物を含む垂直配向膜が形成され、液晶組成物層中の液晶分子にプレチルト角が付与される。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-1). As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. and USH-250BY manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got. By this step, a vertical alignment film containing the compound represented by the formula (I-1) is formed, and a pretilt angle is given to the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer.
 ここで、プレチルト角は、図3に示すように定義される。完全な垂直配向をしている場合、プレチルト角(θ)は90°となり、プレチルト角が付与された場合、プレチルト角(θ)は90°より小さくなる。 Here, the pretilt angle is defined as shown in FIG. In the case of complete vertical alignment, the pretilt angle (θ) is 90 °, and when the pretilt angle is given, the pretilt angle (θ) is smaller than 90 °.
 実施例1の液晶表示素子は、図2に示すような画素電極のスリットに従って、4つの区画において異なった方向にプレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The liquid crystal display element of Example 1 has pretilt angles in different directions in the four sections according to the slits of the pixel electrode as shown in FIG. 2, and the AC electric field is turned off after the polymerizable compound is cured. The pretilt angle was maintained.
 実施例1の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表2に示す。この結果、実施例1の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性基を有する重合性化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 2 below shows each physical property of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 1, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 1 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. Since the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000105
(比較例1)
 垂直配向膜形成材料として、ポリイミド前駆体を3%含有するポリイミド溶液(商品名:JALS2131-R6、JSR社製)に、以下の式(Va-1-1)で表される化合物を3.0%含有する溶液を用いたこと以外は実施例1と同様にして、比較例1の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Comparative Example 1)
As a material for forming a vertical alignment film, a compound represented by the following formula (Va-1-1) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR). A liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that a solution containing 1% was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記配向膜中の反応性基を有する重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで600秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、比較例1の液晶表示素子を得た。なお、実施例1と同一条件(20mWで300秒)で液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、プレチルト角の付与を行ったが、配向膜中の反応性基を有する重合性化合物の硬化が不十分であり、安定的にプレチルト角が付与されていなかったため、プレチルト角の維持をするには20mWで600秒の照射を要した。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was cured. As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. and USH-250BY manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. are used as the ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 600 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the same conditions as in Example 1 (20 mW for 300 seconds) to give a pretilt angle, but the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was not sufficiently cured. Since the pretilt angle was not stably given, irradiation of 20 mW and 600 seconds was required to maintain the pretilt angle.
 比較例1の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を以下の表3に示す。この結果、比較例1の配向膜材料中には一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有していないため、配向膜中の重合性を有する重合性化合物を硬化するためのUV照射総エネルギー量が大きくなった結果、VHRの低下が見られ、液晶組成物中の液晶化合物の分解による物性低下が確認された。 Table 3 below shows each physical property of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 1, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, since the alignment film material of Comparative Example 1 does not contain the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), UV irradiation for curing the polymerizable compound having the polymerizable property in the alignment film is performed. As a result of an increase in the total energy amount, a decrease in VHR was observed, and a decrease in physical properties due to decomposition of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition was confirmed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000107
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000107
(実施例2)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-A2)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた。それ以外の条件は、実施例1と同一にして、実施例2の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Example 2)
A liquid crystal composition (LC-A2) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. The other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and a liquid crystal display element of Example 2 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000108
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記式(I-1)で表される化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例2の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例2の液晶表示素子は、実施例1と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-1). As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ made by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. and USH-250BY made by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 2 had a pretilt angle as in Example 1, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例2の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表5に示す。この結果、実施例2の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性基を有する重合性化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 5 below shows each physical property of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 2, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 2 does not show a decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. Since the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000109
(実施例3)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-A3)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた。それ以外の条件は、実施例1と同一にして、実施例3の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Example 3)
A liquid crystal composition (LC-A3) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and a liquid crystal display element of Example 3 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000110
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記式(I-1)で表される化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例3の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例3の液晶表示素子は、実施例1と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-1). As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 3 had a pretilt angle as in Example 1, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例3の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表7に示す。この結果、実施例3の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性基を有する重合性化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 7 below shows the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 3, the VHR before and after UV irradiation, the drop mark evaluation and the burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 3 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. Since the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000111
(実施例4)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-A4)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた。また、垂直配向膜形成材料としては、ポリイミド前駆体を3%含有するポリイミド溶液(商品名:JALS2131-R6、JSR社製)に、以下の式(I-1)で表される化合物1.5%及び、式(Va-1-1)で表される化合物1.5%を含有する溶液を用いた。それ以外の条件は、実施例1と同一にして、実施例4の液晶表示素子を得た。
Example 4
A liquid crystal composition (LC-A4) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. As a material for forming a vertical alignment film, a compound 1.5 represented by the following formula (I-1) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR). % And a solution containing 1.5% of the compound represented by the formula (Va-1-1) was used. Other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and a liquid crystal display element of Example 4 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000113
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記式(I-1)で表される化合物及び式(Va-1-1)で表される化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例4の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例4の液晶表示素子は、実施例1と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field is applied, and the compound represented by the formula (I-1) and the compound represented by the formula (Va-1-1) are cured. I let you. As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. and USH-250BY manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 4 had a pretilt angle as in Example 1, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例4の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表9に示す。この結果、実施例4の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性基を有する重合性化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 9 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 4, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 4 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. Since the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000114
(実施例5)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-A5)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた。また、垂直配向膜形成材料としては、ポリイミド前駆体を3%含有するポリイミド溶液(商品名:JALS2131-R6、JSR社製)に、以下の式(I-21)で表される化合物3.0%を含有する溶液を用いた。それ以外の条件は、実施例1と同一にして、実施例5の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Example 5)
A liquid crystal composition (LC-A5) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Further, as a material for forming a vertical alignment film, a compound 3.0 represented by the following formula (I-21) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR). % Containing solution was used. The other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and a liquid crystal display element of Example 5 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000116
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000116
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記式(I-21)で表される化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例5の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例5の液晶表示素子は、実施例1と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-21). As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. and USH-250BY manufactured by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 5 had a pretilt angle as in Example 1, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the alternating electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例5の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表11に示す。この結果、実施例5の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性基を有する重合性化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 11 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 5, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 5 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. Since the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000117
(実施例6)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-A6)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた。それ以外の条件は、実施例5と同一にして、実施例6の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Example 6)
A liquid crystal composition (LC-A6) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. The other conditions were the same as in Example 5, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 6 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000118
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000118
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記式(I-21)で表される化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例6の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例6の液晶表示素子は、実施例5と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-21). As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 6 had a pretilt angle similar to that of Example 5, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例6の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表13に示す。この結果、実施例6の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性基を有する重合性化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 13 below shows the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 6, the VHR before and after UV irradiation, the drop mark evaluation and the burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 6 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. Since the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000119
(実施例7)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-B)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた。また、垂直配向膜形成材料としては、ポリイミド前駆体を3%含有するポリイミド溶液(商品名:JALS2131-R6、JSR社製)に、以下の式(I-33)で表される化合物3.0%を含有する溶液を用いた。それ以外の条件は、実施例1と同一にして、実施例7の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Example 7)
A liquid crystal composition (LC-B) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Further, as a material for forming a vertical alignment film, a compound 3.0 represented by the following formula (I-33) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR). % Containing solution was used. Other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and a liquid crystal display element of Example 7 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000121
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000121
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記式(I-33)で表される化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例7の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例7の液晶表示素子は、実施例1と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-33). As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ made by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. and USH-250BY made by Ushio Electric Co., Ltd. are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 7 had a pretilt angle as in Example 1, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the alternating electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例7の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表15に示す。この結果、実施例7の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性基を有する重合性化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 15 below shows the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 7, the VHR before and after UV irradiation, the drop mark evaluation and the burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 7 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. Since the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000122
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000122
(比較例2)
 垂直配向膜形成材料として、ポリイミド前駆体を3%含有するポリイミド溶液(商品名:JALS2131-R6、JSR社製)に、以下の式(Va-1-1)で表される化合物を3.0%含有する溶液を用いたこと以外は実施例7と同様にして、比較例2の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Comparative Example 2)
As a material for forming a vertical alignment film, a compound represented by the following formula (Va-1-1) is added to a polyimide solution containing 3% of a polyimide precursor (trade name: JALS2131-R6, manufactured by JSR). A liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 7 except that a solution containing 1% was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記配向膜中の反応性基を有する重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで600秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、比較例2の液晶表示素子を得た。なお、実施例7と同一条件(20mWで300秒)で液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、プレチルト角の付与を行ったが、配向膜中の反応性基を有する重合性化合物の硬化が不十分であり、安定的にプレチルト角が付与されていなかったため、プレチルト角の維持をするには20mWで600秒の照射を要した。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was cured. As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. And USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 600 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the same conditions as in Example 7 (300 msec at 20 mW) to give a pretilt angle, but the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was insufficiently cured. Since the pretilt angle was not stably given, irradiation of 20 mW and 600 seconds was required to maintain the pretilt angle.
 比較例2の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を以下の表16に示す。この結果、比較例2の配向膜材料中には一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有していないため、配向膜中の重合性を有する重合性化合物を硬化するためのUV照射総エネルギー量が大きくなった結果、VHRの低下が見られ、液晶組成物中の液晶化合物の分解による物性低下が確認された。 Table 16 below shows each physical property of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 2, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, since the alignment film material of Comparative Example 2 does not contain the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), UV irradiation for curing the polymerizable compound having the polymerizable property in the alignment film is performed. As a result of an increase in the total energy amount, a decrease in VHR was observed, and a decrease in physical properties due to decomposition of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition was confirmed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000124
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000124
(実施例8)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-B2)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた。それ以外の条件は、実施例1と同一にして、実施例8の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Example 8)
A liquid crystal composition (LC-B2) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. The other conditions were the same as in Example 1, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 8 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000125
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000125
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記式(I-1)で表される化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例8の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例8の液晶表示素子は、実施例1と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied to cure the compound represented by the formula (I-1). As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 8 had a pretilt angle as in Example 1, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例8の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表18に示す。この結果、実施例8の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性基を有する重合性化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 18 below shows the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 8, the VHR before and after UV irradiation, the drop mark evaluation and the burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 8 does not show a decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. Since the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000126
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000126
(実施例9)
 透明な共通電極からなる透明電極層及びカラーフィルター層を具備した第一の基板(共通電極基板)と、アクティブ素子により駆動される透明画素電極を有する画素電極層を具備した第二の基板(画素電極基板)とを作製した。
Example 9
A first substrate (common electrode substrate) having a transparent electrode layer and a color filter layer made of a transparent common electrode, and a second substrate (pixel) having a pixel electrode layer having a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element Electrode substrate).
 画素電極基板において、各画素電極としては、液晶分子の配向を分割するため、画素電極に電極を有さないスリットが存在するように、ITOをエッチングしたものを用いた。 In the pixel electrode substrate, each pixel electrode was obtained by etching ITO so that a slit having no electrode was present in the pixel electrode in order to divide the orientation of liquid crystal molecules.
 共通電極基板及び画素電極基板のそれぞれに、ポリイミド前駆体及び重合性基を有する重合性化合物を含む垂直配向膜材料をスピンコート法により塗布し、その塗布膜を200℃で加熱することにより、垂直配向膜材料中のポリイミド前駆体を硬化させ、各基板の表面に100nmの垂直配向膜を形成した。この段階において、その垂直配向膜において、重合性基を有する重合性化合物は硬化していない。 A vertical alignment film material containing a polyimide precursor and a polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group is applied to each of the common electrode substrate and the pixel electrode substrate by spin coating, and the applied film is heated at 200 ° C. The polyimide precursor in the alignment film material was cured to form a 100 nm vertical alignment film on the surface of each substrate. At this stage, the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group is not cured in the vertical alignment film.
 垂直配向膜形成材料としては、以下の式で表されるポリイミド誘導体3%、式(I-1)で表される重合性化合物3.0%を含有するN-メチル-2-ピロリドン溶液を用いた。 As a material for forming a vertical alignment film, an N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone solution containing 3% of a polyimide derivative represented by the following formula and 3.0% of a polymerizable compound represented by the formula (I-1) is used. It was.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
 垂直配向膜を形成した共通電極基板及び画素電極基板に、以下に示す化学式で表される化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-A)を挟持した後、シール材を硬化させて、液晶組成物層を形成した。この際、厚さ3.0μmのスペーサを用いて、液晶組成物層の厚さを3.0μmとした。 A liquid crystal composition (LC-A) containing a compound represented by the following chemical formula is sandwiched between a common electrode substrate and a pixel electrode substrate on which a vertical alignment film is formed, and then a sealing material is cured to obtain a liquid crystal composition A layer was formed. At this time, a spacer having a thickness of 3.0 μm was used, and the thickness of the liquid crystal composition layer was set to 3.0 μm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000128
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000128
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記反応性基を有する重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒間、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例△の液晶表示素子を得た。この工程により、主鎖としてポリイミド骨格を有し、側鎖として重合性基を有する重合性化合物の重合体を含む垂直配向膜が形成され、液晶組成物層中の液晶分子にプレチルト角が付与される。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the polymerizable compound having the reactive group. As an irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got. By this step, a vertical alignment film containing a polymer of a polymerizable compound having a polyimide skeleton as a main chain and a polymerizable group as a side chain is formed, and a pretilt angle is given to the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer. The
 実施例9の液晶表示素子は、図2に示すような画素電極のスリットに従って、4つの区画において異なった方向にプレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The liquid crystal display element of Example 9 has pretilt angles in different directions in the four sections according to the slits of the pixel electrode as shown in FIG. 2, and the AC electric field is turned off after the polymerizable compound is cured. The pretilt angle was maintained.
 実施例9の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表20に示す。この結果、実施例9の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性基を有する重合性化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 20 below shows each physical property of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 9, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 9 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. Since the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000129
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000129
(比較例3)
 垂直配向膜形成材料として、下記の式で表されるポリイミド誘導体3%、及び式(Va-1-1)で表される重合性化合物3%を含有するN-メチル-2-ピロリドン溶液を用いたこと以外は実施例9と同様にして、比較例3の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Comparative Example 3)
As a material for forming a vertical alignment film, an N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone solution containing 3% of a polyimide derivative represented by the following formula and 3% of a polymerizable compound represented by the formula (Va-1-1) is used. A liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as Example 9 except for the above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記配向膜中の反応性基を有する重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで600秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、比較例3の液晶表示素子を得た。なお、実施例9と同一条件(20mWで300秒)で液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、プレチルト角の付与を行ったが、配向膜中の反応性基を有する重合性化合物の硬化が不十分であり、安定的にプレチルト角が付与されていなかったため、プレチルト角の維持をするには20mWで600秒の照射を要した。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was cured. As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. And USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 600 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the same conditions as in Example 9 (300 msec at 20 mW) to give a pretilt angle, but the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was not sufficiently cured. Since the pretilt angle was not stably given, irradiation of 20 mW and 600 seconds was required to maintain the pretilt angle.
 比較例3の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を以下の表21に示す。この結果、比較例3の配向膜材料中には一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有していないため、配向膜中の重合性を有する重合性化合物を硬化するためのUV照射総エネルギー量が大きくなった結果、VHRの低下が見られ、液晶組成物中の液晶化合物の分解による物性低下が確認された。 Table 21 below shows the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 3, the VHR before and after UV irradiation, the drop mark evaluation and the burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, since the alignment film material of Comparative Example 3 does not contain the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), UV irradiation for curing the polymerizable compound having the polymerizable property in the alignment film is performed. As a result of an increase in the total energy amount, a decrease in VHR was observed, and a decrease in physical properties due to decomposition of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition was confirmed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000131
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000131
(実施例10)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-A3)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた。それ以外の条件は、実施例9と同一にして、実施例10の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Example 10)
A liquid crystal composition (LC-A3) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Otherwise, the conditions were the same as in Example 9, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 10 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000132
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000132
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記反応性基を有する重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで600秒間、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例10の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例10の液晶表示素子は、実施例9と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the polymerizable compound having the reactive group. The liquid crystal display element of Example 10 was irradiated with UV light at 20 mW for 600 seconds using USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO INC. As a UV lamp as well as UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 10 had a pretilt angle as in Example 9, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例10の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表23に示す。この結果、実施例10の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性基を有する重合性化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 23 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 10, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and image sticking evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 10 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. Since the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000133
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000133
(実施例11)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-A6)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた。また、垂直配向膜形成材料としては、以下の式で表されるポリイミド誘導体3%及び以下の式(I-21)で表される重合性化合物3%を含有するN-メチル-2-ピロリドン溶液を用いた。それ以外の条件は、実施例9と同一にして、実施例11の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Example 11)
A liquid crystal composition (LC-A6) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Further, as a material for forming a vertical alignment film, an N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone solution containing 3% of a polyimide derivative represented by the following formula and 3% of a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I-21) Was used. Otherwise, the conditions were the same as in Example 9, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 11 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000134
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000134
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000135
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000135
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記反応性基を有する重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで600秒間、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例11の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例11の液晶表示素子は、実施例9と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the polymerizable compound having the reactive group. The liquid crystal display element of Example 11 was irradiated with UV light at 20 mW for 600 seconds using USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Together with UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 11 had a pretilt angle as in Example 9, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例11の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表25に示す。この結果、実施例11の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性基を有する重合性化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 25 below shows the physical properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 11, the VHR before and after UV irradiation, the drop mark evaluation and the burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 11 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. Since the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000136
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000136
(実施例12)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-B)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた。また、垂直配向膜形成材料としては、以下の式で表されるポリイミド誘導体3%及び以下の式(I-33)で表される重合性化合物3%を含有するN-メチル-2-ピロリドン溶液を用いた。それ以外の条件は、実施例9と同一にして、実施例12の液晶表示素子を得た。
Example 12
A liquid crystal composition (LC-B) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. Further, as a material for forming a vertical alignment film, an N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone solution containing 3% of a polyimide derivative represented by the following formula and 3% of a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I-33) Was used. Otherwise, the conditions were the same as in Example 9, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 12 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000137
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000137
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000138
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000138
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記反応性基を有する重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで600秒間、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例12の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例12の液晶表示素子は、実施例9と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied to cure the polymerizable compound having the reactive group. The liquid crystal display element of Example 12 was irradiated with UV light at 20 mW for 600 seconds using USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 12 had a pretilt angle as in Example 9, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例12の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表27に示す。この結果、実施例12の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性基を有する重合性化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 27 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 12, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 12 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. Since the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy when the polymerizable compound having a polymerizable group in the alignment film is polymerized is determined. This is considered to be because it can be kept low, so that the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000139
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000139
(比較例4)
 垂直配向膜形成材料として、下記の式で表されるポリイミド誘導体3%、及び式(Va-1-1)で表される重合性化合物3%を含有するN-メチル-2-ピロリドン溶液を用いたこと以外は実施例12と同様にして、比較例4の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Comparative Example 4)
As a material for forming a vertical alignment film, an N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone solution containing 3% of a polyimide derivative represented by the following formula and 3% of a polymerizable compound represented by the formula (Va-1-1) is used. A liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 4 was obtained in the same manner as Example 12 except that.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000140
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000140
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記配向膜中の反応性基を有する重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで600秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、比較例4の液晶表示素子を得た。なお、実施例12と同一条件(20mWで300秒)で液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、プレチルト角の付与を行ったが、配向膜中の反応性基を有する重合性化合物の硬化が不十分であり、安定的にプレチルト角が付与されていなかったため、プレチルト角の維持をするには20mWで600秒の照射を要した。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular alternating electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was cured. As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 600 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the same conditions as in Example 12 (20 mW for 300 seconds) to give a pretilt angle, but the polymerizable compound having a reactive group in the alignment film was not sufficiently cured. Since the pretilt angle was not stably given, irradiation of 20 mW and 600 seconds was required to maintain the pretilt angle.
 比較例4の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を以下の表28に示す。この結果、比較例4の配向膜材料中には一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有していないため、配向膜中の重合性を有する重合性化合物を硬化するためのUV照射総エネルギー量が大きくなった結果、VHRの低下が見られ、液晶組成物中の液晶化合物の分解による物性低下が確認された。 Table 28 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 4, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, since the alignment film material of Comparative Example 4 does not contain the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), UV irradiation for curing the polymerizable compound having the polymerizable property in the alignment film is performed. As a result of an increase in the total energy amount, a decrease in VHR was observed, and a decrease in physical properties due to decomposition of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition was confirmed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000141
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000141
(実施例13)
 透明な共通電極からなる透明電極層及びカラーフィルター層を具備した第一の基板(共通電極基板)と、アクティブ素子により駆動される透明画素電極を有する画素電極層を具備した第二の基板(画素電極基板)とを作製した。
(Example 13)
A first substrate (common electrode substrate) having a transparent electrode layer and a color filter layer made of a transparent common electrode, and a second substrate (pixel) having a pixel electrode layer having a transparent pixel electrode driven by an active element Electrode substrate).
 共通電極基板及び画素電極基板のそれぞれに、重合性液晶化合物及び重合開始剤を含む垂直配向膜材料をスピンコート法により塗布し、厚さ200nmの垂直配向膜の前駆体層を形成した。垂直配向膜形成材料としては、以下の式(I-1)で表される重合性化合物を3.0%及びUCL-011-K1(DIC株式会社製)重合性化合物97.0%を用いた。 A vertical alignment film material containing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound and a polymerization initiator was applied to each of the common electrode substrate and the pixel electrode substrate by a spin coating method to form a precursor layer of a vertical alignment film having a thickness of 200 nm. As a material for forming a vertical alignment film, 3.0% of a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I-1) and 97.0% of UCL-011-K1 (DIC Corporation) polymerizable compound were used. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000142
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000142
 垂直配向膜形成材料を塗布した基板のそれぞれを、70℃の恒温槽で15分間加熱することにより、塗布した垂直配向膜形成材料中の重合性液晶化合物を等方性液体とした。 Each of the substrates coated with the vertical alignment film forming material was heated in a constant temperature bath at 70 ° C. for 15 minutes, whereby the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the applied vertical alignment film forming material was changed to an isotropic liquid.
 その後、10℃/分の速度で温度を室温まで下げ、垂直配向膜形成材料中の重合性液晶化合物の配向を垂直配向とした。 Thereafter, the temperature was lowered to room temperature at a rate of 10 ° C./min, and the alignment of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the vertical alignment film forming material was set to the vertical alignment.
 画素電極基板及び共通電極基板のそれぞれに、基板面から70°傾斜した磁場を印加し、重合性液晶化合物にプレチルト角を付与した。この状態で、紫外線を照射し、重合性液晶化合物を硬化させ、垂直配向膜を形成した。 A magnetic field inclined by 70 ° from the substrate surface was applied to each of the pixel electrode substrate and the common electrode substrate to give a pretilt angle to the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. In this state, ultraviolet rays were irradiated to cure the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and a vertical alignment film was formed.
 垂直配向膜を形成した共通電極基板及び画素電極基板に、以下に示す化学式で表される化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-A)を挟持した後、シール材を硬化させて、液晶組成物層を形成した。この際、厚さ3.0μmのスペーサを用いて、液晶組成物層の厚さを3.0μmとした。 A liquid crystal composition (LC-A) containing a compound represented by the following chemical formula is sandwiched between a common electrode substrate and a pixel electrode substrate on which a vertical alignment film is formed, and then a sealing material is cured to obtain a liquid crystal composition A layer was formed. At this time, a spacer having a thickness of 3.0 μm was used, and the thickness of the liquid crystal composition layer was set to 3.0 μm.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000143
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000143
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒間、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例13の液晶表示素子を得た。この工程により、重合性液晶化合物の重合体を含む垂直配向膜が形成され、液晶組成物層中の液晶分子にプレチルト角が付与される。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound was cured. As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. And USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got. By this step, a vertical alignment film containing a polymer of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is formed, and a pretilt angle is imparted to the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer.
 実施例13の液晶表示素子は、図2に示すような画素電極のスリットに従って、4つの区画において異なった方向にプレチルト角を有し、前記重合性液晶化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The liquid crystal display element of Example 13 has pretilt angles in different directions in the four sections according to the slits of the pixel electrode as shown in FIG. 2, and the AC electric field is turned off after the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is cured. But the pretilt angle was maintained.
 実施例13の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表に示す。この結果、実施例13の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性液晶化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 The following table shows each physical property of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 13, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 13 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. This is because the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), so that the total amount of UV irradiation energy when polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film can be kept low. Therefore, it is considered that decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000144
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000144
(比較例5)
 垂直配向膜形成材料として、垂直配向膜形成材料として、UCL-011-K1(DIC株式会社製)100%を用いたこと以外は実施例13と同様にして、比較例5の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Comparative Example 5)
A liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 5 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 13 except that 100% of UCL-011-K1 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) was used as the vertical alignment film forming material. It was.
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで600秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、比較例5の液晶表示素子を得た。なお、実施例13と同一条件(20mWで300秒)で液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、プレチルト角の付与を行ったが、配向膜中の重合性液晶化合物の硬化が不十分であり、安定的にプレチルト角が付与されていなかったため、プレチルト角の維持をするには20mWで600秒の照射を要した。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound was cured. As an irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. And USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as an ultraviolet lamp, and the liquid crystal display element is irradiated with ultraviolet rays at 20 mW for 600 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the same conditions as in Example 13 (20 mW for 300 seconds) to give a pretilt angle. However, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film was insufficiently cured and stable. Since the pretilt angle was not given, the irradiation of 600 m at 20 mW was required to maintain the pretilt angle.
 比較例5の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を以下の表31に示す。この結果、比較例5の配向膜材料中には一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有していないため、配向膜中の重合性液晶化合物を硬化するためのUV照射総エネルギー量が大きくなった結果、VHRの低下が見られ、液晶組成物中の液晶化合物の分解による物性低下が確認された。 Table 31 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 5, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element, and burn-in evaluation. As a result, since the alignment film material of Comparative Example 5 does not contain the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy for curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film As a result, the VHR decreased, and the physical properties decreased due to the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000145
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000145
(実施例14)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-A3)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた以外は実施例13と同一条件にして、実施例14の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Example 14)
A liquid crystal composition (LC-A3) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal display element of Example 14 was obtained under the same conditions as in Example 13 except that the liquid crystal composition was used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000146
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000146
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒間、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例14の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例14の液晶表示素子は、実施例13と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound was cured. The liquid crystal display element of Example 14 was irradiated with UV light at 20 mW for 300 seconds using USH-250BY made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Together with UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 14 had a pretilt angle as in Example 13, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the alternating electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例14の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表33に示す。この結果、実施例14の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性液晶化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 33 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 14, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 14 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. This is because the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), so that the total amount of UV irradiation energy when polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film can be kept low. Therefore, it is considered that decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000147
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000147
(実施例15)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-A6)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた。 垂直配向膜形成材料として、以下の式(I-21)で表される重合性化合物を3.0%及びUCL-011-K1(DIC株式会社製)重合性化合物97.0%を用いた。それ以外は、実施例13と同一条件にして、実施例15の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Example 15)
A liquid crystal composition (LC-A6) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. As the material for forming the vertical alignment film, 3.0% of a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I-21) and 97.0% of UCL-011-K1 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) were used. Otherwise, the liquid crystal display element of Example 15 was obtained under the same conditions as in Example 13.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000148
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000148
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000149
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000149
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒間、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例15の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例15の液晶表示素子は、実施例13と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound was cured. As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 300 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 15 had a pretilt angle similar to that of Example 13, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例15の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表35に示す。この結果、実施例15の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性液晶化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 35 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 15, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 15 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. This is because the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), so that the total amount of UV irradiation energy when polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film can be kept low. Therefore, it is considered that decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000150
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000150
(実施例16)
 以下の表に示す化合物を含有する液晶組成物(LC-B)を調製し、その液晶組成物を用いた。 垂直配向膜形成材料として、以下の式(I-33)で表される重合性化合物を3.0%及びUCL-011-K1(DIC株式会社製)重合性化合物97.0%を用いた。それ以外は、実施例13と同一条件にして、実施例16の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Example 16)
A liquid crystal composition (LC-B) containing the compounds shown in the following table was prepared, and the liquid crystal composition was used. As a material for forming the vertical alignment film, 3.0% of a polymerizable compound represented by the following formula (I-33) and 97.0% of UCL-011-K1 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) were used. Otherwise, the liquid crystal display element of Example 16 was obtained under the same conditions as in Example 13.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000151
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000151
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000152
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000152
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで300秒間、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、実施例16の液晶表示素子を得た。実施例16の液晶表示素子は、実施例13と同様プレチルト角を有し、前記重合性化合物の硬化後、交流電場を切った状態でもプレチルト角が維持された。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound was cured. The liquid crystal display element of Example 16 was irradiated with UV light at 20 mW for 300 seconds using USH-250BY made by USHIO INC. With UIS-S2511RZ made by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Got. The liquid crystal display element of Example 16 had a pretilt angle similar to that of Example 13, and the pretilt angle was maintained even when the AC electric field was turned off after the polymerizable compound was cured.
 実施例16の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を、以下の表37に示す。この結果、実施例16の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物は、UV照射前後において、VHRの大きな低下は見られない。これは、配向膜材料中に一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有しているため、配向膜中の重合性液晶化合物を重合させる際のUV照射総エネルギー量を低く抑えることができるため、液晶組成物を構成する液晶化合物の分解を抑制できるためと考察される。 Table 37 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 16, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Example 16 does not show a significant decrease in VHR before and after UV irradiation. This is because the alignment film material contains the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), so that the total amount of UV irradiation energy when polymerizing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film can be kept low. Therefore, it is considered that decomposition of the liquid crystal compound constituting the liquid crystal composition can be suppressed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000153
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000153
(比較例6)
 垂直配向膜形成材料として、垂直配向膜形成材料として、UCL-011-K1(DIC株式会社製)100%を用いたこと以外は実施例16と同様にして、比較例6の液晶表示素子を得た。
(Comparative Example 6)
A liquid crystal display device of Comparative Example 6 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 16 except that 100% of UCL-011-K1 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) was used as the vertical alignment film forming material. It was.
 得られた液晶表示素子に、矩形の交流電場を印加した状態で紫外線を照射し、前記重合性化合物を硬化させた。照射装置としては、ウシオ電機社製UIS-S2511RZと共に、紫外線ランプとして、ウシオ電機社製USH-250BYを用いて、20mWで600秒、液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、比較例6の液晶表示素子を得た。なお、実施例16と同一条件(20mWで300秒)で液晶表示素子に紫外線を照射し、プレチルト角の付与を行ったが、配向膜中の重合性液晶化合物の硬化が不十分であり、安定的にプレチルト角が付与されていなかったため、プレチルト角の維持をするには20mWで600秒の照射を要した。 The obtained liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays in a state where a rectangular AC electric field was applied, and the polymerizable compound was cured. As the irradiation device, UIS-S2511RZ manufactured by USHIO INC. And USH-250BY manufactured by USHIO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. Are used as UV lamps, and the liquid crystal display device is irradiated with UV rays at 20 mW for 600 seconds. Got. The liquid crystal display element was irradiated with ultraviolet rays under the same conditions as in Example 16 (300 msec at 20 mW) to give a pretilt angle, but the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film was not sufficiently cured and stable. Since the pretilt angle was not given, the irradiation of 600 m at 20 mW was required to maintain the pretilt angle.
 比較例6の液晶表示素子に用いられた液晶組成物の各物性、UV照射前後のVHR及び、得られた液晶表示素子の滴下痕評価、焼き付き評価を以下の表38に示す。この結果、比較例6の配向膜材料中には一般式(I)で表される重合性化合物を含有していないため、配向膜中の重合性液晶化合物を硬化するためのUV照射総エネルギー量が大きくなった結果、VHRの低下が見られ、液晶組成物中の液晶化合物の分解による物性低下が確認された。 Table 38 below shows properties of the liquid crystal composition used in the liquid crystal display element of Comparative Example 6, VHR before and after UV irradiation, drop mark evaluation and burn-in evaluation of the obtained liquid crystal display element. As a result, since the alignment film material of Comparative Example 6 does not contain the polymerizable compound represented by the general formula (I), the total amount of UV irradiation energy for curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the alignment film As a result, the VHR decreased, and the physical properties decreased due to the decomposition of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000154
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000154
10・・・液晶表示素子、11・・・第一の基板、12・・・第二の基板、13・・・液晶組成物層、14・・・共通電極、15・・・画素電極、16・・・垂直配向膜、17・・・垂直配向膜、18・・・カラーフィルター、19・・・液晶分子、20・・・重合体層、21・・・重合体層 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Liquid crystal display element, 11 ... 1st board | substrate, 12 ... 2nd board | substrate, 13 ... Liquid crystal composition layer, 14 ... Common electrode, 15 ... Pixel electrode, 16 ... Vertical alignment film, 17 ... Vertical alignment film, 18 ... Color filter, 19 ... Liquid crystal molecule, 20 ... Polymer layer, 21 ... Polymer layer

Claims (12)

  1.  第一基板と第二基板を有する一組の基板と、前記基板の間に挟持された液晶組成物層とを有し、前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板の少なくとも一方に電極を有しており、前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板の少なくとも一方に、重合性基を有する化合物の重合性基を重合することにより前記液晶組成物層中の液晶分子の配向方向を制御する重合体を含有する配向膜を有し、前記液晶組成物層を構成する液晶組成物が、下記一般式(N-1)、一般式(N-2)、及び一般式(N-3)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
     AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31及びAN32はそれぞれ独立して
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
    (b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
    (c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
    からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
     ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31及びZN32はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
     XN21は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
     TN31は-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、
     nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31及びnN32はそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、AN11~AN32、ZN11~ZN32が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)で表される化合物群から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物を含有し、
    前記重合性基を有する化合物として、一般式(I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式中、X10及びX11はそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-X-(CH-(式中、tは2~7の整数を表し、Xは-O-、-OCOO-、-OCO-、又は-COO-を表し、Xはフェナントレン環に結合するものとする。)を表し、式中のフェナントレン環は、任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい。)で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有する液晶表示素子。
    A pair of substrates having a first substrate and a second substrate; a liquid crystal composition layer sandwiched between the substrates; and electrodes on at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate. And controlling the orientation direction of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer by polymerizing a polymerizable group of a compound having a polymerizable group on at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate. A liquid crystal composition having an alignment film containing a polymer and constituting the liquid crystal composition layer has the following general formula (N-1), general formula (N-2), and general formula (N-3):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (Wherein, R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or non-adjacent 2 in the alkyl group Two or more —CH 2 — may be each independently substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
    A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent to each other in this group). And two or more —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—) and (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or not adjacent 2 More than one -CH = may be replaced by -N =.)
    (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
    The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
    Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—. , —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—,
    XN21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
    T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom,
    n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different. ) Containing one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by
    The compound having a polymerizable group is represented by the general formula (I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (Wherein X 10 and X 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 3 and Sp 4 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— ( CH 2 ) t — (wherein t represents an integer of 2 to 7, X represents —O—, —OCOO—, —OCO—, or —COO—, and X is bonded to the phenanthrene ring) .), And the phenanthrene ring in the formula is a liquid crystal display element containing one or more compounds represented by the following formula: any hydrogen atom may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
  2.  複数の画素を有し、該画素中にプレチルト角が異なる2以上の領域を有する請求項1に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, comprising a plurality of pixels, and having two or more regions having different pretilt angles in the pixels.
  3.  前記第一の基板が共通電極を有し、第二の基板が画素電極を有する請求項1又は請求項2に記載の液晶表示素子。 3. The liquid crystal display element according to claim 1, wherein the first substrate has a common electrode and the second substrate has a pixel electrode.
  4.  前記共通電極と前記画素電極間に、前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板に略垂直に電荷を印加し、前記液晶組成物層中の液晶分子を制御する前記配向膜を有する請求項3に記載の液晶表示素子。 4. The alignment film for applying a charge substantially perpendicularly to the first substrate and the second substrate between the common electrode and the pixel electrode to control liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer. A liquid crystal display element according to 1.
  5.  前記配向膜が前記液晶組成物層中の液晶分子の配向方向を制御する重合体を含むか、又は、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物から形成される請求項1~請求項4のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。 5. The alignment film according to claim 1, wherein the alignment film includes a polymer that controls an alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer, or is formed from a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. A liquid crystal display element according to 1.
  6.  前記液晶組成物層中の液晶分子の配向方向を制御する重合体として、重合性基を有する化合物の重合体を含むか、又は、主鎖としてポリイミド骨格を有し側鎖として架橋性官能基を有する重合性化合物の重合体を含む請求項5に記載の液晶表示素子。 The polymer for controlling the orientation direction of the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer includes a polymer of a compound having a polymerizable group, or a polyimide skeleton as a main chain and a crosslinkable functional group as a side chain. The liquid crystal display element of Claim 5 containing the polymer of the polymeric compound which has.
  7.  前記配向膜表面に液晶分子の配向を制御し安定化する1種又は2種以上の重合性化合物の重合体を更に有する請求項1~請求項6のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子。 The liquid crystal display device according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising a polymer of one or more polymerizable compounds that controls and stabilizes alignment of liquid crystal molecules on the surface of the alignment film.
  8.  第一の基板と第二の基板の少なくとも一方に、配向材料を塗布し、加熱することにより配向膜材料を形成した後、少なくとも一方に電極を有する前記第一の基板と前記第二の基板により液晶組成物を挟持し、前記電極に、電圧を印加した状態で活性エネルギー線を照射することにより、前記配向膜材料中に含まれる重合性基を有する化合物の重合性基を重合して前記液晶組成物層中の液晶分子の配向方向を制御する配向膜を有し、前記液晶組成物が、下記一般式(N-1)、一般式(N-2)、及び一般式(N-3)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (式中、RN11、RN12、RN21、RN22、RN31及びRN32はそれぞれ独立して炭素原子数1~8のアルキル基を表し、該アルキル基中の1個又は非隣接の2個以上の-CH-はそれぞれ独立して-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、-O-、-CO-、-COO-又は-OCO-によって置換されていてもよく、
     AN11、AN12、AN21、AN22、AN31及びAN32はそれぞれ独立して
    (a) 1,4-シクロヘキシレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH-又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH-は-O-に置き換えられてもよい。)及び
    (b) 1,4-フェニレン基(この基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられてもよい。)
    (c) ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又はデカヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基(ナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基又は1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-2,6-ジイル基中に存在する1個の-CH=又は隣接していない2個以上の-CH=は-N=に置き換えられても良い。)
    からなる群より選ばれる基を表し、上記の基(a)、基(b)及び基(c)はそれぞれ独立してシアノ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子で置換されていても良く、
     ZN11、ZN12、ZN21、ZN22、ZN31及びZN32はそれぞれ独立して単結合、-CHCH-、-(CH-、-OCH-、-CHO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-OCF-、-CFO-、-CH=N-N=CH-、-CH=CH-、-CF=CF-又は-C≡C-を表し、
     XN21は水素原子又はフッ素原子を表し、
     TN31は-CH-又は酸素原子を表し、
     nN11、nN12、nN21、nN22、nN31及びnN32はそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数を表すが、nN11+nN12、nN21+nN22及びnN31+nN32はそれぞれ独立して1、2又は3であり、AN11~AN32、ZN11~ZN32が複数存在する場合は、それらは同一であっても異なっていても良い。)で表される化合物群から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物を含有し、
    前記重合性基を有する化合物として、一般式(I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式中、X10及びX11はそれぞれ独立して、水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Sp及びSpはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、炭素原子数1~8のアルキレン基又は-X-(CH-(式中、tは2~7の整数を表し、Xは-O-、-OCOO-、-OCO-、又は-COO-を表し、Xはフェナントレン環に結合するものとする。)を表し、式中のフェナントレン環は、任意の水素原子がフッ素原子により置換されていてもよい。)で表される化合物を1種又は2種以上含有する液晶表示素子の製造方法。
    After applying an alignment material to at least one of the first substrate and the second substrate and forming the alignment film material by heating, the first substrate and the second substrate having electrodes on at least one of them By sandwiching a liquid crystal composition and irradiating the electrode with active energy rays in a state where a voltage is applied, the polymerizable group of the compound having a polymerizable group contained in the alignment film material is polymerized to form the liquid crystal. The liquid crystal composition has an alignment film that controls the alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in the composition layer, and the liquid crystal composition has the following general formula (N-1), general formula (N-2), and general formula (N-3):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (Wherein, R N11 , R N12 , R N21 , R N22 , R N31 and R N32 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and one or non-adjacent 2 in the alkyl group Two or more —CH 2 — may be each independently substituted by —CH═CH—, —C≡C—, —O—, —CO—, —COO— or —OCO—,
    A N11 , A N12 , A N21 , A N22 , A N31, and A N32 are each independently (a) a 1,4-cyclohexylene group (one —CH 2 — or adjacent to each other in this group). And two or more —CH 2 — may be replaced by —O—) and (b) a 1,4-phenylene group (one —CH═ present in this group or not adjacent 2 More than one -CH = may be replaced by -N =.)
    (C) Naphthalene-2,6-diyl group, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or decahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group (naphthalene-2,6-diyl group or One —CH═ present in the 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene-2,6-diyl group or two or more non-adjacent —CH═ may be replaced by —N═. )
    The group (a), the group (b) and the group (c) may be each independently substituted with a cyano group, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom,
    Z N11 , Z N12 , Z N21 , Z N22 , Z N31 and Z N32 are each independently a single bond, —CH 2 CH 2 —, — (CH 2 ) 4 —, —OCH 2 —, —CH 2 O—. , —COO—, —OCO—, —OCF 2 —, —CF 2 O—, —CH═N—N═CH—, —CH═CH—, —CF═CF— or —C≡C—,
    XN21 represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom,
    T N31 represents —CH 2 — or an oxygen atom,
    n N11 , n N12 , n N21 , n N22 , n N31, and n N32 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, but n N11 + n N12 , n N21 + n N22, and n N31 + n N32 are each independently When there are a plurality of A N11 to A N32 and Z N11 to Z N32 , they may be the same or different. ) Containing one or more compounds selected from the group of compounds represented by
    The compound having a polymerizable group is represented by the general formula (I)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (Wherein X 10 and X 11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and Sp 3 and Sp 4 each independently represent a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —X— (CH 2 ) t — (wherein t represents an integer of 2 to 7, X represents —O—, —OCOO—, —OCO—, or —COO—, and X represents a bond to the phenanthrene ring. The phenanthrene ring in the formula represents a method for producing a liquid crystal display device containing one or more compounds represented by the following formula: any hydrogen atom may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
  9.  前記配向膜材料が、前記液晶組成物層中の液晶分子の配向方向を制御する重合体を含むか、又は、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物から形成される請求項8に記載の液晶表示素子の製造方法。 The liquid crystal display element according to claim 8, wherein the alignment film material includes a polymer that controls an alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer, or is formed from a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Production method.
  10.  前記前記液晶組成物層中の液晶分子の配向方向を制御する重合体として、重合性基を有する化合物の重合体を含むか、又は、主鎖としてポリイミド骨格を有し側鎖として架橋性官能基を有する重合性化合物の重合体を含む請求項9に記載の液晶表示素子の製造方法。 The polymer for controlling the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal composition layer includes a polymer of a compound having a polymerizable group, or has a polyimide skeleton as a main chain and a crosslinkable functional group as a side chain. The manufacturing method of the liquid crystal display element of Claim 9 containing the polymer of the polymeric compound which has this.
  11.  前記配向膜表面に液晶分子の配向を制御し安定化する1種又は2種以上の重合性化合物の重合体を更に有する請求項9又は請求項10に記載の液晶表示素子の製造方法。 The method for producing a liquid crystal display element according to claim 9 or 10, further comprising a polymer of one or more polymerizable compounds that controls and stabilizes the alignment of liquid crystal molecules on the surface of the alignment film.
  12.  前記活性エネルギー線が紫外線であり、その強度が2mW/cm-2~100mW/cm-2であり、照射総エネルギー量が10J~300Jである請求項9~請求項11のいずれか一項に記載の液晶表示素子の製造方法。 The active energy ray is ultraviolet light, the intensity thereof is 2 mW / cm −2 to 100 mW / cm −2 , and the total irradiation energy amount is 10 J to 300 J. Liquid crystal display element manufacturing method.
PCT/JP2015/083979 2014-12-12 2015-12-03 Liquid crystal display element and method of manufacturing the same WO2016093142A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020177018922A KR102450332B1 (en) 2014-12-12 2015-12-03 Liquid crystal display element and method of manufacturing the same
JP2016545386A JP6011904B1 (en) 2014-12-12 2015-12-03 Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
CN201580067589.XA CN107209421B (en) 2014-12-12 2015-12-03 Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing the same

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014251926 2014-12-12
JP2014-251926 2014-12-12

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016093142A1 true WO2016093142A1 (en) 2016-06-16

Family

ID=56107330

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/083979 WO2016093142A1 (en) 2014-12-12 2015-12-03 Liquid crystal display element and method of manufacturing the same

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6011904B1 (en)
KR (1) KR102450332B1 (en)
CN (1) CN107209421B (en)
TW (1) TW201632608A (en)
WO (1) WO2016093142A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017217311A1 (en) * 2016-06-17 2017-12-21 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
CN107880901A (en) * 2016-09-27 2018-04-06 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal cell and its manufacture method
CN112219159A (en) * 2018-07-03 2021-01-12 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPWO2018079528A1 (en) * 2016-10-27 2019-09-19 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element
JP7180247B2 (en) * 2018-09-28 2022-11-30 Dic株式会社 Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
JP6787527B2 (en) * 2018-10-11 2020-11-18 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
KR102342145B1 (en) 2020-01-17 2021-12-22 주식회사 다해줘테크 Management system for rental of coffee machine

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011055643A1 (en) * 2009-11-09 2011-05-12 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal composition, aligning agent, method for producing liquid crystal display element, and use of liquid crystal composition
WO2013002084A1 (en) * 2011-06-27 2013-01-03 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device

Family Cites Families (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05299595A (en) 1992-04-21 1993-11-12 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Formation method of source and drain electrode of mos semiconductor device
JPH06235925A (en) 1993-02-10 1994-08-23 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Manufacture of liquid crystal display element
JPH10197875A (en) * 1997-01-10 1998-07-31 Nissan Chem Ind Ltd Liquid crystal orientation treating agent
US6977704B2 (en) 2001-03-30 2005-12-20 Fujitsu Display Technologies Corporation Liquid crystal display
DE60308510D1 (en) * 2002-05-23 2006-11-02 Nissan Chemical Ind Ltd LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT, LIQUID CRYSTAL ALIGNMENT FILMS AND LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY EQUIPMENT
TWI273130B (en) * 2002-10-09 2007-02-11 Dainippon Ink & Chemicals Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JP4424979B2 (en) * 2003-01-10 2010-03-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Compound, retardation plate, and method for forming optically anisotropic layer
JP2006058755A (en) 2004-08-23 2006-03-02 Fujitsu Display Technologies Corp Liquid crystal display and its manufacturing method
JP5256714B2 (en) 2007-12-04 2013-08-07 ソニー株式会社 Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP2010032860A (en) 2008-07-30 2010-02-12 Sony Corp Alignment layer and method of manufacturing the same, alignment substrate and method of manufacturing the same, and liquid crystal display element
US20110261295A1 (en) 2008-09-17 2011-10-27 Kim Jae-Hoon Liquid crystal display and manufacturing method of the same
JP2010107536A (en) 2008-10-28 2010-05-13 Sony Corp Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal display device, and method for manufacturing them
JP2010107537A (en) 2008-10-28 2010-05-13 Sony Corp Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal display device, and method for manufacturing them
JP5630013B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2014-11-26 ソニー株式会社 Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display device
JP5630014B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2014-11-26 ソニー株式会社 Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display device
CN102395651B (en) * 2009-04-14 2014-06-25 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition containing polymerizable compound and liquid crystal display element using same
JP5522384B2 (en) 2010-04-20 2014-06-18 Jsr株式会社 Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display element
TWI577783B (en) * 2011-08-11 2017-04-11 迪愛生股份有限公司 Liquid crystal composition containing polymerizable compound and liquid crystal display element using the same

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011055643A1 (en) * 2009-11-09 2011-05-12 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal composition, aligning agent, method for producing liquid crystal display element, and use of liquid crystal composition
WO2013002084A1 (en) * 2011-06-27 2013-01-03 シャープ株式会社 Liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017217311A1 (en) * 2016-06-17 2017-12-21 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
JPWO2017217311A1 (en) * 2016-06-17 2018-06-28 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
CN108884392A (en) * 2016-06-17 2018-11-23 Dic株式会社 Liquid-crystal composition and liquid crystal display element
CN107880901A (en) * 2016-09-27 2018-04-06 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal cell and its manufacture method
CN112219159A (en) * 2018-07-03 2021-01-12 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element
CN112219159B (en) * 2018-07-03 2024-05-03 Dic株式会社 Liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201632608A (en) 2016-09-16
KR20170094331A (en) 2017-08-17
JP6011904B1 (en) 2016-10-25
CN107209421A (en) 2017-09-26
CN107209421B (en) 2020-11-13
KR102450332B1 (en) 2022-10-04
JPWO2016093142A1 (en) 2017-04-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5333693B1 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP5299595B1 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP6011904B1 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP5822097B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP5333694B1 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP6011903B1 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
WO2017183683A1 (en) Liquid crystal display element and method for producing same
WO2019216233A1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
JP5930134B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP6319524B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP6485723B2 (en) Liquid crystal display device
JP6395007B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof
JP6296320B2 (en) Liquid crystal display element and manufacturing method thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016545386

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15866831

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177018922

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15866831

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1